SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Cover_front_LUG.fm / 7/24/15
Sculpture
CL750A GO
You can find the most up-to-date user
guide at
www.gigaset.com/manuals
User guide online on your
smartphone or tablet:
Download the Gigaset Help app
2
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / GO_intro.fm / 7/24/15
Gigaset GO: For the fixed line network with a future
Make telephony at home flexible with this Gigaset GO phone. There are three connection
alternatives, as well as all the GO functions.
Making calls using the analogue fixed line network
Connect the phone to your analogue fixed line connection (PSTN). Plug the phone cable into the
fixed line connection. You can then
• Use the analogue line to make phone calls
• Use the integrated answer machine
• Use the other functions of your Gigaset phone (directory, call lists etc.)
Making calls over the Internet
Connect the phone to a router . In this case, ignore the phone cable and plug the network cable
into a LAN connection on your router. Register the phone with your internet telephony provider
(IP). With this connection, you can
• Make two calls at the same time
• Assign a separate number to each handset
• Make calls using different telephony providers
• Set up three answer machines with individual recording and advisory texts
• Use the other functions of your Gigaset phone (directory, call lists etc.).
Making calls using the analogue fixed line network and over the Internet
If you have both an analogue fixed line connection and an Internet connection, you can use the
functions of both connections, e. g. make a fixed line call and two Internet calls at the same time.
New functions of the Gigaset GO phones
In addition to the functions of previous analogue or IP phones, Gigaset GO phones also offer
further new options:
• Make calls between Gigaset GO phones across the world free of charge via Gigaset.net
• Display online services information, e. g. weather tickers or eBay messages
• Use online directories (not available in all countries)
• Use cloud services and smartphone apps for connecting between fixed line network
phones and smartphones: e. g. receive notifications on your smartphone if there is an
incoming call or a voice message on the GO phone at home or transfer smartphone
contacts to the GO phone
The range of functions is constantly updated.
Further information about Gigaset GO can be found at
www.gigaset.com/go
3
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOIVZ.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Contents
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Base station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Set-up (overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Using the user guide effectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Getting started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Base station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Setting up an IP account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Using the telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Getting to know your telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Making calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Making calls via the Internet (VoIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Provider-specific functions (network services) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Message lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Local handset directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Online directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Gigaset.net directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Answer machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Local answer machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Network mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Set fast access for the answer machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Additional functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Baby monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
ECO DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Protection against unwanted calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
SMS (text messages) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
E-Mail notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Info Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Expanding the functionality of the telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Multiple handsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Operation with a PABX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Contents
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOIVZ.fm / 7/24/15
Adjusting the telephone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Internet telephony (VoIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Web configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Service (Customer Care) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Manufacturer's advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Display icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Menu overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Open Source Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Not all functions described in the user guide are available in all countries or from all
network providers.
5
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / overview_1 _GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
2
3
5
1
11
INT1
Calls Calendar
12
6
10
8
9
4
7
A
6
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Overview
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / overview_2_GO.fm / 7/24/15
Overview
Base station
Handset
1 Display
2 Status bar ( p. 123)
Icons display current settings and operating
status of the telephone
3 Display keys ( p. 20)
4 Message key ( p. 34)
Access to the call and message lists;
Flashes: new message or new call
5 End call key, On/off key
End call; cancel function;
Go back one menu level Press briefly
Return to idle status Press
and hold
Switch the handset on/off
(in idle status)
Press
and hold
6 Hash key
Lock/unlock the keypad
(in idle status)
Press
and hold
Toggle between upper/lower
case and digits
(when inputting text)
Press briefly
Insert a dialling pause Press
and hold
7 Recall key
Consultation call (flash) Press
and hold
8 Microphone
9 Star key
Switch between pulse dialling/
tone dialling
(during existing connection)
Press briefly
Open special characters table
(when inputting text)
Press briefly
10 Key 1
Select answer machine/
network mailbox
Press
and hold
11 Talk key / Handsfree key
Accept call; dial number displayed; switch
between receiver and handsfree mode; send
SMS (when composing an SMS)
Open the redial list Press briefly
Start dialling Press
and hold
12 Control key / menu key ( p. 19)
A Registration/paging key
Locate a handset (paging);
Show IP address on handset
Press briefly
Register handset Press and
hold
Illuminated: LAN connection active (phone is
connected to router)
Flashes: Data transfer to LAN connection
7
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / installing_overview.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Set-up (overview)
Set-up (overview)
Fixed line network and Internet telephony
Setting up the handset for use Connecting the base to the mains
power supply
Fixed line network telephony
Connecting the base to the analogue
telephone network
Internet telephony (IP)
Connecting the base to a router
Setting up an IP account
¤ Press the Message key on the handset
or
¤ use the web configurator on a PC/tablet
http://www.gigaset-config.com
Done!
GO functions
¤ Connect the base to router
¤ Download apps onto your smartphone (e.g. Gigaset elements, Gigaset ContactsPush)
¤ Register your phone with Gigaset elements
8
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Using the user guide effectively
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / user_guide_operating_steps.fm / 7/24/15
Using the user guide effectively
Icons
Keys
Display keys, e. g. OK, Back, Select, Change, Save
Procedures
Example: Switching Auto answer on/off
Illustration in the user guide:
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Auto Answer
Change ( = on)
Warnings, which, if not heeded, can result in injury to persons or damage to devices.
Important information regarding function and appropriate handling or functions
that could generate costs.
Prerequisite for being able to carry out the following action.
Additional helpful information.
Talk key / Handsfree key or and End call key
Number / letter keys to Star key / Hash key
Message key / Recall key Control key rim / centre
Step Follow this procedure
¤ When in idle status press the centre of the control key.
The main menu opens.
¤
¤ OK
Navigate to the icon using the control key .
Select OK to confirm. The submenu Settings opens.
¤ Telephony
¤ OK
Select the Telephony entry using the control key .
Select OK to confirm. The submenu Telephony opens.
¤ Auto Answer The function to switch Auto answer on/off appears as the first menu item.
¤ Change Select Change to activate or deactivate. Function is activated /deacti-
vated .
9
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / security.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Safety precautions
Safety precautions
Read the safety precautions and the user guide before use.
The device cannot be used in the event of a power failure. In case of a power failure it
is also not possible to make emergency calls.
Emergency numbers cannot be dialled if the keypad/display lock is activated!
Do not use the devices in environments with a potential explosion hazard
(e.g. paint shops).
The devices are not splashproof. For this reason do not install them in a damp environ-
ment such as bathrooms or shower rooms.
Use only the power adapter indicated on the device.
Use only the cables supplied for fixed line and LAN connection and connect these to the
intended ports only.
Use only rechargeable batteries that correspond to the specification (see "Specifica-
tions"). Never use a conventional (non-rechargeable) battery or other battery types as
this could result in significant health risks and personal injury. Rechargeable batteries,
which are noticeably damaged, must be replaced.
Remove faulty devices from use or have them repaired by our Service team, as these
could interfere with other wireless services.
Do not use the device ifthe display iscracked orbroken. Brokenglass orplastic can cause
injury to hands and face. Send the device to our Service department to be repaired.
Do not hold the rear of the handset to your ear when it is ringing or when speaker mode
is activated. Otherwise you risk serious and permanent damage to your hearing.
The phone may cause interference in analogue hearing aids (humming or whistling) or
cause them to overload. If you require assistance, please contact the hearing aid supplier.
Using your telephone may affect nearby medical equipment. Be aware of the technical
conditions in your particular environment, e.g. doctor's surgery. If you use a medical
device (e.g. a pacemaker), please contact the device manufacturer. They will be able to
advise you regarding the susceptibility of the device to external sources of high fre-
quency energy (for the specifications of your Gigaset product see "Specifications").
10
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Getting started
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15
Getting started
Contents of the package
• One base station,
• One power adapter for the base station,
• One phone cable,
• One LAN cable,
• One handset,
• One charging cradle including power adapter,
• One battery cover,
• Two batteries,
• One user guide
Models with multiple handsets, per handset:
• One handset,
• One charging cradle including power adapter,
• Two batteries and one battery cover
The base station and charging cradle are designed for use in closed, dry rooms within
a temperature range of +5 °C to +45 °C.
The device's feet do not usually leave any marks on surfaces. However, due to the mul-
titude of different varnishes and polishes used on furniture, contact marks on the sur-
faces cannot be completely ruled out.
Never expose the telephone to heat sources, direct sunlight or other electrical
devices.
Protect your telephone from moisture, dust, corrosive liquids and vapours.
11
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Handset
Handset
Connecting the charging cradle
Setting up the handset for use
The display is protected by a plastic film. Please remove the protective film!
Inserting the batteries
¤ Insert the batteries (for correct +/-
direction, see diagram).
¤ Close the battery cover and apply
pressure until it clicks into place.
2
1
3
¤ Insert the jack of the power adapter into the power supply
on the bottom of the charging cradle , turn it backwards
and click into place.
¤ Run the cable through one of the cable
channels .
¤ Plug the power adapter
into the power
socket .
Toremovetheplugfromthe
charging cradle again:
¤ Disconnect the power
adapter from the mains
power supply.
¤ Turn the jack forwards (unlock) and
remove.
1
2
3
Only use rechargeable batteries, as this could otherwise result in significant health
risks and personal injury. For example,the outer casing of the batteries could be
destroyed or the batteries could explode. The device could also malfunction or be
damaged as a result of using batteries that are not of the recommended type.
12
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Handset
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15
To re-open the battery cover:
¤ Reach into the recess and lift the cover.
Charging the batteries
¤ Charge the batteries fully prior to first use in the
charging cradle.
The batteries are fully charged when the power icon
disappears from the display.
Changing the display language
You can change the display language, if the telephone has been set to an incomprehensible
language.
¤ Press the centre of the control key .
¤ Press the keys and slowly and successively . . . the
language settings display appears, the set language
(e. g. English) is highlighted ( = selected).
¤ Selecting a different language: Press the control key , until
the desired language is highlighted on the display, e. g.
Francais press the key on the right directly underneath the display to activate the
language.
¤ To revert to idle status: Press and hold the End call key
7.5h
Batteries may heat up during charging. This is not dangerous.
After a time, the charge capacity of the battery will decrease for technical reasons.
Handsets contained in the package have already been registered to the base. In the
event that a handset is not registered however, (indicated by "Please register
handset"), register the handset manually ( p. 76).
Deutsch
English
Francais
13
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Base station
Base station
Connecting to the mains power supply
¤ Insert the power cable of the power
adapter into the upper connection socket
at the rear of the base station.
¤ Pushboth cablesintothe appropriatecable
channels .
¤ Insert the power adapter into the power
socket .
Connecting to the analogue fixed line network
¤ Insert the phone cable into the lower
connectionsocket attherearofthebase
station.
¤ Pushboth cablesintothe appropriatecable
channels .
¤ Insert the phone cable into the fixed line
network connection .
You can now use your phone to make calls via the fixed line network and you can be reached
on your fixed line network number.
An answer machine in the base station is set with a pre-recorded announcement in answer
and record mode ( p. 45).
Connecting to the Internet
You will need to connect the phone to the Internet for Internet telephony (IP) and access to the
Internet and home network and Gigaset GO functions.
1
3
2
1
2
3
Only use the supplied network cable.
The network cable must always be connected in order to function, as the phone will
not operate without a power supply.
1
3
2
4
5
1
2
3
Only use the supplied phone cable. The pin connections of phone cables may vary
( p. 57).
For connecting to the Internet: a router connected to the Internet.
For Internet telephony: a broadband Internet connection (e.g. DSL) with a flat rate.
14
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Setting up an IP account
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15
Connecting the base to a router
¤ Insert a jack from the Ethernet cable
supplied into the LAN connection
socket at the side of the base station
.
¤ Insert the second jack of the Ether-
net cable into an LAN connection
socket on the router .
As soon as the cable between the tele-
phone and the router is plugged in and
the router is switched on, the key on the front of the base station lights up (paging key).
The phone is now connected to the Internet.
Setting up an IP account
So that you are able to make calls via the Internet (VoIP), you must have at least one IP account
with an Internet telephony provider. You can register using the access data that you receive from
your provider (user name, authentication name, password etc.).
To register the phone with your provider, please use:
• The VoIP wizard on the handset
• Or the web configurator on a PC or tablet ( p. 101)
1
21
2
In order to be able to use all Gigaset GO functions, you may need to install apps on your
smartphone and apply settings in the phone's web configurator, e.g. registering your
phone with Gigaset elements.
Further information about the settings web configurator
Further information about Gigaset GO can be found at www.gigaset.com/go
Data protection notice
When the device is connected to the router, it will automatically contact the Gigaset Support Server. It will
send the following device-specific information daily:
• Serial number/item number
• MAC address
• Private IP address for the Gigaset in the LAN/its port numbers
• Device name
• Software version
On the support server, this information is linked to the existing device-specific information:
• Gigaset.net phone number
• System-related/device-specific passwords
Further information about the data stored in relation to the Gigaset.net Service can be found at:
www.gigaset.net/privacy-policy
You can configure up to six IP accounts.
15
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Setting up an IP account
Registering using the VoIP wizard on the handset
¤ Press the Message key Yes . . . the wizard starts . . . scroll through the
displayed text OK
The display shows the possible IP accounts (IP 1 to IP 6). Accounts
that are already configured are marked with .
¤ . . . Use to select the required account OK
The wizard establishes a connection to the Gigaset configuration server on the Internet. Various
profiles with general configuration data for different providers can be downloaded here.
As soon as the handset battery has sufficient charge, the
Message key on the handset will flash.
If the wizard does not start properly or you have terminated it: Start the VoIP wizard
using the handset menu
¤ . . . Use to select Settings OK Telephony OK VoIP
Wizard
If "New firmware available" is shown on the display, there is a firmware update
available for your phone.
To update firmware: Yes . . . the new firmware is loaded (takes approx. 6 mins.)
The Message key will then flash again.
¤ To start configuration: Press the Message key .
Select IP Account
IP 1
IP 2
IP 3
IP 4
IP 5
Back OK
If no Internet connection can be established, a corresponding error message will be
generated. For more information, see "Questions and answers" Appendix
¤ Terminate the VoIP wizard: OK . . . The VoIP wizard will close Troubleshoot if
necessary Open the wizard again later via the menu to configure the IP account.
16
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Setting up an IP account
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15
Select provider
A list of countries is loaded.
¤ . . . Use to select the country in which you want to use the
phone OK . . .alistofprovidersinthiscountryisdisplayed
. . . use to select provider OK . . . the general
configuration data for your provider is downloaded and stored
in the phone
Entering user data for your IP account
You are required to enter your personal access data for your IP account, e. g. User ID, Password,
. . . (depending on the provider).
¤ Enter registration data confirm each entry using OK
Message on successful transfer: Your IP account is registered at your provider.
The fixed line network connection is assigned to the handsets as a send connection. Please
change the send connection to make calls over the Internet.
Send and receive connections
Assign the available phone connections (fixed line network, Gigaset.net and up to six IP
connections) to the end devices as receive and, where necessary, send connections. End devices
are the registered handsets and the three base answer machines.
• Receive connection: Phone numbers you may be called on. Incoming calls are forwarded to
the end devices for which the relevant connection is assigned as receive connection.
• Send connection: A line that you use for an outgoing call. The corresponding number will be
transferred to the recipient. You can assign each end device a number or the associated
connection as a send connection.
Each connection (number) of your phone can be both a send as well as a receive connection and
can be assigned to several end devices. It may only be assigned to one answer machine as a
receive connection.
Select a Provider
Provider 1
Provider 2
Provider 3
Provider 4
Provider 5
Back OK
If your provider does not appear in the list:
Terminate the wizard: Press and hold the End call key . . . the handset returns to
idle status . . . set up the IP account using the web configurator
Pay attention when entering access data, as it is case sensitive.
¤ To switch between lowercase, uppercase and number entry mode: Press the
key
¤ To delete incorrectly entered characters: Press the display key
¤ To navigate within an entry field: Press right/left on the control key
17
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Setting up an IP account
Default assignment
• All configured connections are assigned to the handsets and answer machine 1 as receive
connections on delivery.
• The fixed line network connection is assigned to the handsets as a send connection. If you
have no fixed line network connection, no send connection is assigned.
Change send connections
¤ . . . Use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Send
Connections OK
Select handset:
¤ . . . Use to select the handset on which you wish to change
the default assignment OK . . . the current connection for
outgoing calls assigned to the handset is displayed: Fixed Line
(if you have a fixed line network connection)
Change assignment:
¤ . . . use to select the desired connection or selectSel.at each
call Save
Sel. at each call: For each call, the line on which the call is
established can be selected.
You can now change the default assignment one after the other for
all registered handsets.
Change receive connection
¤ . . . Use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Rec.
Connections OK
Select handset or answer machine :
¤ . . . Use to select the handset or answer machine on which
you wish to change the default assignment OK . . . the display
shows an entry for each available phone connection (IP 1– IP 6,
Gigaset.net, Fixed Line)
Change assignment:
¤ . . . Use to select the desired connection . . . use to
select Yes or No (Yes = calls to this connection will be diverted to
the handset/answer machine ) Save
INT 1
Connection for
outgoing calls:
< IP 1 >
Back Save
INT 1
Receive calls for
IP 1:
< Yes >
Receive calls for
Gigaset.net:
Back Save
Only one receive connection can be assigned per answer machine.
One connection can only be assigned to one answer machine as a receive connection.
If you assign a receive connection to an answer machine and this connection is already
assigned to another answer machine, the "old" assignment is deleted.
18
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Getting to know your telephone
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / operating.fm / 7/24/15
Using the telephone
Getting to know your telephone
Switching the handset on/off
Locking/unlocking the keypad
The keypad lock prevents any accidental use of thetelephone. If thehandset is locked with a PIN,
you need this to unlock it.
Switch on: ¤ When the handset is switched off press and hold the End call key
Switch off: ¤ When the handset is in idle status press and hold the End call key
Switch on: ¤ Press and hold . . . the icon appears on the display
Switch off: ¤ Press and hold . . . use to enter the handset PIN (if other than
0000)
If a call is indicated on the handset, the keypad automatically unlocks and you can
accept the call. It then locks again when the call is finished.
It is not possible to call emergency numbers either when keypad lock is activated.
19
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / operating.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Getting to know your telephone
Control key
In the description below, the side of the control key (up, down, right, left) that you have to press
in the different operating situations is marked in black, e. g. for "press right on the control
key" or for "press the centre of the control key".
In idle status
In submenus, selection and entry fields
During a conversation
The control key enables you to navigate the menus and input fields, and also to
call up certain functions depending on the situation.
Open the directory Press briefly
Open the list of available online directories Press and hold
Open the main menu or
Open the list of handsets
Confirm a function
Open the directory
Open the list of available online directories Press and hold
Mute the microphone
Initiate an internal consultation call
Adjust the loudspeaker volume for receiver and handsfree
mode
20
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Getting to know your telephone
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / operating.fm / 7/24/15
Display keys
The display keys perform a range of functions depending on the operating situation.
Display key icons p. 123.
Menu guidance
The functions of your telephone are displayed in a menu that consists of several levels p. 124
Select/confirm functions
Main menu
In idle status: Press the centre of the control key . . . use
the control key to select a submenu OK
The main menu functions are shown in the display as icons. The
icon for the selected function is highlighted in colour and the
name of the associated function appears in the display header.
The display keys have a function preset by default in idle status. Change the
assignment: p. 86
Confirm selection using OK or press the middle of the control key
One menu level back using Back
Change to idle status by Press and hold
Switch function on/off using Change on / off
Activate/deactivate option using Select activated / not activated
Current display key
functions
Display keys
Back Save
Settings
Back OK
Example
21
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / operating.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Getting to know your telephone
Submenus
The functions in the submenus are displayed as lists.
To access a function: . . . use the control key to select a
function OK
Return to the previous menu level:
¤ Press the display key Back
or
¤ Press the End call key briefly
Returning to idle status
¤ Press and hold the End call key
Entering text
Input position
¤ Use to select an entry field. A field is activated when the
cursor is blinking inside it.
¤ Use to move the position of the cursor.
Correcting incorrect entries
• Delete characters to the left of the cursor: Press briefly
• Delete words to the left of the cursor: Press and hold
Entering letters/characters
Multiple letters and numbers are assigned to each key between
and and the key. As soon as a key is pressed, the
possible characters are displayed at the bottom of the display. The
selected character is highlighted.
• Selecting letters/digits: Press the key briefly several times in succession
• Switch between lower case, upper case and number entry mode: Press the hash key
When editing a directory entry, the first letter and each letter following a space is
automatically in upper case.
• Entering special characters: Press the star key . . . use to navigate to the
desired character Insert
If a key is not pressed, after 2 minutes the display will automatically change to idle sta-
tus.
The availability of special characters depends on the character set of the handset,
p. 122.
Settings
Date/Time
Audio Settings
Display
Language
Registration
Back OK
Example
New Entry
First Name:
Peter
Surname:
Phone (Home):
Abc
‚
Save
22
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Making calls
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony.fm / 7/24/15
Making calls
Making calls
¤ . . . use to enter the number briefly press the Talk key
The connection is selected by the send connection set for the handset (line). To use another line:
¤ Press and hold the Talk key . . . use to select the line Dial . . . use to enter
the number . . . the number is dialled approximately 3 seconds after the last digit is entered
Cancel dialling: Press the End call key
Dialling from the directory
¤ . . . use to open the directory . . . use to select an entry press the Talk key
If multiple numbers are entered:
¤ . . . use to select a number press the Talk key . . . the number is dialled
Dialling from the redial list
The redial list contains the 20 numbers last dialled with the handset.
¤ Briefly press the Talk key . . . the redial list is opened . . . use to select an entry
press the Talk key
If a name is displayed:
¤ View . . . the number is displayed . . . use to browse numbers if necessary . . . when
the desired number is reached press the Talk key
Managing entries in the redial list
¤ Briefly press the Talk key . . . the redial list is opened . . . use to select an entry
Options . . . possible options:
Information for Calling Line Identification: p. 29
If the display backlight is deactivated, you can reactivate it by pressing any key. Digit
keys that are pressed appear in the display for pre-dialling, other keys have no further
function.
For fast access (quick dial): Assign numbers from the directory to the digit or display
keys.
Choose from: a public directory p. 41, the Gigaset.net directory p. 43
Copy an entry to the directory: Copy to Directory OK
Copy the number to the display:
¤ Display number OK . . . use to amend or add numbers if necessary . . .
use to save as a new entry in the directory
Delete the selected entry: Delete entry OK
Delete all entries: Delete List OK
23
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Making calls
Dialling from the call list
The call lists ( p. 36) contain the most recent accepted, outgoing and missed calls.
¤ . . . use to select Call Lists OK . . . use
to select a list OK . . . use to select an entry
Press the Talk key
One touch call
A saved number isdialled by pressingany key. This allows children
who are not yet able to enter a number to call a certain number, for
example.
Activate one touch call mode:
¤ . . . use to select Additional Features OK
One Touch Call OK . . . use to activate Activation
Call to . . . use to enter the number Save . . . the
active one touch mode is shown in the idle display
Make a one touch call: Press any key . . . the saved number is
dialled
Cancel dialling: Press the End call key .
End one touch call: Press and hold the End call key
Incoming calls
An incoming call is indicated by ringing, by a display on the screen and by the flashing Talk
key . Accept a call:
• Press the Talk key
• If Auto Answer is activated: Remove the handset from the charging cradle
• Forward to the answer machine ( p. 45): (for calls to the fixed line number)
Switch off ringtone: Silence . . . the call can be accepted for as long as it is shown on the
display
The call lists can be displayed directly by pressing the
display key Calls if the relevant function has been
assigned to the display key.
The Missed calls list can also be opened by pressing
the Message key .
All calls
Frank
14/02/2015, 15:40
089563795
13/02/2015, 15:32
Susan Black
11/02/2015, 13:20
View Options
Example
07:15
INT 1 22 Feb
OneTouchCall active
0891234567
OFF
24
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Making calls
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony.fm / 7/24/15
Information about the caller
The caller's phone number is displayed. If the caller's number is saved in the directory, the name
is displayed.
Accepting/rejecting call waiting
A call waiting tone indicates a call during an external call. The number or the name of the caller
is displayed if the phone number is transferred.
• Reject a call: Options Reject waiting call OK
• Accept a call: Accept . . . speak to the new caller. The previous call is placed on hold.
• End the call, resume the on-hold call: Press the End call key .
Making internal calls
¤ Press briefly . . . the handset list is opened, this handset is indicated by < . . . use
to select handset or Call all (group call) Press the Talk key
Fast access for group call:
¤ Press briefly
or press and hold
Internal consultation call/internal transfer
Call an external participant and transfer the call to an internal participant or hold a consultation
call with him or her.
¤ . . . the list of handsets is opened . . . use to select a handset or Call all OK
. . . the internal participant(s) are called . . . possible options:
The caller's number will be transferred ( p. 29).
Multiple handsets have been registered to the base station ( p. 76).
Internal calls to other handsets registered to the same base station are free of charge.
You hear the busy tone if:
• there is already an internal connection
• The handset being called is not available (deactivated, outside of range).
• The internal call is not accepted within 3 minutes.
Hold a consultation call:
¤ Speak to the internal participant
Return to the external call:
¤ Options End active call OK
Transfer the external call when the internal participant has answered:
¤ Announce an external call Press the End call key
25
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Making calls
Accepting/rejecting call waiting
An external call arriving during an internal call is indicated with a call waiting tone. If the number
is transferred, you will see the number or the name of the caller on the display.
• Rejecting a call: Reject
The call waiting tone is turned off. The call continues to be indicated on the other registered
handsets.
• Accepting a call: Accept . . . Speak to the new caller, the previous call is placed on hold.
Internal call waiting during an external call
If an internal participant attempts to call you while you are involved in anexternal orinternal call,
this call is shown on the display (Call Waiting).
• End display: Press any key
• Accept the internal call: End your current call
The internal call is indicated in the usual way. You can accept the call.
During a conversation
Handsfree mode
Activating/deactivating handsfree mode during a call, when establishing a connection and
when listening to the answer machine:
¤ Press the handsfree key
Call volume
Applies to the current mode (handsfree, receiver or headset):
Muting the microphone
When the microphone is switched off, callers will no longer hear you.
Switch the microphone on/off during a call: Press .
Transfer the external call before the internal participant answers:
¤ Press the End call key . . . the external call is forwarded immediately. If the
internal participant does not answer or the line is busy, the external call will
automatically return to you.
End the internal call if the internal participant does not answer or the line is busy:
¤ End . . . You return to the external call
¤ Press . . . use to set the volume Save
The setting is automatically saved after around 3 seconds, even if Save is not pressed.
26
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Making calls via the Internet (VoIP)
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony_voip.fm / 7/24/15
Making calls via the Internet (VoIP)
Internet telephony is available via provider IP accounts and Gigaset.net.
This chapter contains information on requirements for making calls via VoIP.
Standard functions for making calls p. 22.
Making a call
Permanently assigned send connection
Use assigned send connection:
¤ Use to enter the number Briefly press the Talk key
Change the send connection:
¤ Press and hold the Talk key . . . Use to select the connection Dial
. . . Use to enter the number . . . The number is dialled approximately 3.5 seconds after
the last digit is entered
Selecting a connection at each call
¤ Use to enter the number Press the Talk key . . . Use to select the
connection Dial
The phone is connected to the Internet.
VoIP via a provider: At least one IP account has been set up ( p. 94).
VoIP via Gigaset.net: The phone has been registered to Gigaset.net ( p. 95).
Send and receive connections are assigned ( p. 95).
Maximum number of IP accounts: 6
Maximum number of concurrent Internet calls: 2
A fixed send connection is assigned to the handset.
Numbers ending with the suffix #9 are automatically dialled via the Gigaset.net
connection ( p. 94). The calls are free of charge.
Instead of a send connection, "Sel. at each call" is assigned to the handset.
27
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony_voip.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Making calls via the Internet (VoIP)
Using an alternative connection/connection list on the display key
¤ Press the display key Sel. Line . . . Use to select the connection Dial . . . Use
to enter the number . . . The number is dialled approximately 3.5 seconds after the last digit
is entered
Any dialling plan that has been defined for the dialled phone number is ignored. The selected
send connection is always used.
Calling an IP address (provider-dependent)
¤ Use the star key to separate the sections of the IP address (e.g. 149*246*122*28).
¤ Use the hash key to attach the SIP port number of the call participant to the IP address
(e.g. 149*246*122*28#5060).
If the provider does not support the dialling of IP addresses, each part of the address will be
interpreted as a normal phone number.
Incoming calls
Accept a call: Press the Talk key .
Reject a call: Press the End call key
Diverting a call to answer machine ( p. 45) Options Divert to AM
Call transfer
Connecting an external call to a VoIP connection with a second external participant (depending
on the provider).
¤ Use the display key Ext. Call to establish an external consultation call . . . Use to enter
the number of the second participant . . . The active call is placed on hold . . . The second
participant is called and picks up Press the key . . . the call is transferred
An "alternative connection" or the list of all configured connections is assigned to a
display key.
Only calls to the receive connections assigned to the handset are signalled.
If no receive connections have been assigned, all incoming calls are signalled on all
registered handsets.
If receive connections are configured but a connection is not assigned to a handset or
answer machine, calls for this connection are not signalled.
If the number is only assigned to an answer machine, the call will not be signalled. If
the answer machine is switched on, it will accept the call.
Further settings for call transfer in Web configurator
¤ Settings Telephony Advanced VoIP Settings
28
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Making calls via the Internet (VoIP)
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony_voip.fm / 7/24/15
Call transfer – ECT (Explicit Call Transfer)
Activate/deactivate ECT
¤ . . . Use to select Select Services OK Transfer (ECT)
Change ( = on)
Transferring a call
You are making an external call via a VoIP connection and wish to transfer the call to another
external participant. The external call is held in the same way as it is during call transfer.
¤ Press the End call key (during a conversation or before the second participant has
answered).
The feature is supported by the network provider.
29
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / netservices.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Provider-specific functions (network services)
Provider-specific functions (network services)
Network services depend on the network (analogue fixed line network or IP telephony) and on
the network provider (service provider) and must be requested from that provider if required.
You will find a description of the features on your network provider's website or at one of their
store branches.
If you require assistance, please contact your network provider.
Network services fall into two distinct groups:
• Network services thatare activated when in idle status for the followingcall or all subsequent
calls (for example, "calling anonymously"). These are activated/deactivated via the
Select Services menu.
• Network services that are activated during an external call, (for example,"consultation call"
and "swapping between two callers"). These are made available during an external call either
as an option or by using a display key (e.g. Ext. Call).
Calling Line Identification
During a call, the caller's number is transferred (CLI = Calling Line Identification) and may be dis-
played on the recipient's display (CLIP = CLI presentation). If the caller's number is withheld, it
will not be displayed to the recipient. The call is made anonymously (CLIR = CLI Restriction).
Caller display for incoming calls
Calling Line Identification
The caller's phone number is displayed. If the caller's number is saved in the directory, the name
is displayed.
No Calling Line Identification
Instead of name and number, the following is displayed:
• External: No number has been transferred.
• Withheld: Caller has withheld Calling Line Identification.
• Unavailable: Caller has not authorised Calling Line Identification.
Requestingnetwork services mayincuradditionalcosts. Please consult your network
provider.
To activate/deactivate the features, a code is sent to the telephone network.
¤ After a confirmation tone from the telephone network, press .
It is not possible to reprogram the network services.
30
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Provider-specific functions (network services)
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / netservices.fm / 7/24/15
Calling Line Identification for outgoing calls
Switching Calling Line Identification on/off for all calls
These settings apply to all registered handsets.
¤ . . . use to select Select Services OK All Calls Anonym.
Change ( = activated)
Deactivating Calling Line Identification for the next call
¤ . . . use to select Select Services OK Next Call Anonym. OK . . .
use to enter the number Dial . . . the connection is established without Calling Line
Identification
Transferring the name from the online directory
It is also possible to display the name of the caller as stored in the online directory instead of the
number.
Call waiting during an external call
During an external call, a call waiting tone indicates another
external caller. If the number is being transferred, you will see the
number or the name of the caller on the display.
Reject waiting caller:
¤ Options Reject waiting call OK . . . the waiting
caller hears the busy tone
Accept the waiting call:
¤ Accept
Once you have accepted the waiting call, you can switch
between the two callers ("Call swapping" p. 33) or speak to
both simultaneously.
Activating/deactivating call waiting
¤ . . . use to select Select Services OK Call Waiting OK . . . then
Call waiting is activated or deactivated for all registered handsets.
The provider of the online directory supports this function.
The "Display caller name" function has been activated via the Web configurator.
The caller has authorised Calling Line Identification and has not withheld the
function.
The telephone is connected to the Internet.
The caller's number is not saved in the handset's local directory.
Switch on/off: ¤ Status: . . . use to select On or Off
Activate: ¤ Send
Call Waiting
1234567
Accept Options
31
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / netservices.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Provider-specific functions (network services)
Ringback
If busy/no answer
If a call recipient is unavailable, you can initiate a ringback.
• If busy: The ringback takes place as soon as the participant in question terminates the
current call.
• If no answer: The ringback takes place as soon as the participant in question has made
another call.
Initiate ringback
¤ Options Ringback OK Press the End call key
Cancelling ringback
¤ . . . use to select Select Services OK Ringback Off OK . . . You will
receive a confirmation from the telephone network Press the End call key
Call divert
When diverting a call, the call is forwarded to another connection.
A distinction is made between
• Diverting calls to an external phone number and
• Diverting calls internally
Diverting calls to an external connection
¤ . . . use to select Select Services OK Call Divert OK . . . use
to select receive connection OK . . . then
You can only activate one ringback at a time. Activating a ringback will automatically
cancel any ringback that is already active.
The ringback can only be received on the handset that activated the ringback.
If the ringback is indicated before you are able to cancel it: Press the End call
key
A call divert can be set up for every connection (fixed line number and VoIP
connection) that has been assigned to the handset as a receive connection ( p. 95).
Switch on/off: Status: . . . use to select On or Off
Enter the number for call diverting:
¤ To Phone Number . . . use to enter the number
¤ Enter a different Gigaset.net number to divert the Gigaset.net number.
32
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Provider-specific functions (network services)
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / netservices.fm / 7/24/15
For call divert with a fixed line connection: A connection is established to the telephone
network . . . a confirmation is sent from the telephone network Press the End call key
Internal Call Divert
Divert external calls that are made to one of the receive connections of the handset ( p. 95),
to a different handset.
¤ . . . use to select Select Services OK Call Divert OK
Internal OK . . . then
Internal calls are diverted once only. If calls to the handset are diverted to another handset (e.g.
INT 1) that also has call divert activated (e.g. to INT 2), this second call divert is not initiated. The
calls are indicated on handset INT 1.
Set the time for call divert:
¤ When . . . use to select the time for call divert
All Calls: Calls are diverted immediately
No Answer: Calls are diverted if no one accepts the call within several rings.
When Busy: Calls are diverted if the line is busy.
Activate: Send
Diverting calls may incur additional costs. Please consult your network provider.
Switch on/off: Activation . . . use to select On or Off
Select the handset:
¤ To Handset . . . use to select an internal participant
No Handset is displayed if internal Call Divert has not been set previously or if the
previously set handset is no longer registered.
Delay time for answering the call:
¤ Ring Delay . . . use to select None / 10 sec. / 20 sec. / 30 sec.
None: The call is immediately diverted.
Activate: Save
Any call that has been diverted is entered in the call lists.
33
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / netservices.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Provider-specific functions (network services)
Calls with three participants
Consultation calls
Make another external call during an external call. The first call is
placed on hold.
¤ Ext. Call . . . use to enter the number of the second
participant . . . the active call is placed on hold and the
second participant is called
If the second participant does not answer: End
Ending a consultation call
¤ Options End active call OK . . . the connection to
the first caller is reactivated
or
¤ Press the End call key . . . a recall to the first participant
is initiated
Call swapping
Switching between two calls. The other call is placed on hold.
¤ During an external call, dial the number of a second
participant (consultation call) or accept a waiting caller . . .
the display shows the numbers and/or names of both call
participants, the current participant is marked with .
¤ Use the control key to switch back and forth between
participants
Ending a currently active call
¤ Options End active call OK . . . the connection to
the other caller is reactivated
or
¤ Press the End call key . . . a recall to the first participant is initiated
Consultation
Call to:
12
On hold:
025167435
End Options
Call Swap
1234567
025167435
08:15
Conference Options
34
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Message lists
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / call_list.fm / 7/24/15
Message lists
Notifications about missed calls, messages on the answer machine/network mailbox, received
SMS messages and missed alarms are saved in the messages list.
As soon asa newmessage arrives, an advisory tonewillsound. The
Message key also flashes (if activated p. 35). Icons for mes-
sage types and the number of new messages are shown on the
idle display.
Notification for the following message types is available:
on the answer machine/network mailbox
in the missed calls list
in the SMS message list
in the missed alarms list
Display messages:
¤ Press the Message key . . . Messages lists that contain
messages are displayed, Mailbox: is always displayed
An entry is marked in bold: new messages are available. The
number of new messages is shown in brackets.
An entry is not marked in bold: no new messages. The number
of old messages is shown in brackets.
¤ . . . use to select a list OK . . . the calls or messages are
listed
Network mailbox: The network mailbox number is dialled
( p. 51).
The icon for the network mailbox is always displayed, provided the number is stored
in the telephone. The other lists are only displayed if they contain messages.
The messages list contains an entry for each of the handset's answer machines
( p. 45 / p. 51).
07:15
INT 1 14 Oct
02 10 09 08
Calls Calendar
Example
Messages & Calls
Missed Calls: (5)
Answer Mach.: 1 (1)
SMS: (4)
Missed Alarms: (2)
Back OK
Example
35
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / call_list.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Message lists
Activating/deactivating Message key flashing
Receipt of new messages is displayed by a flashing message key on the handset. This type of
alert can be activated/deactivated for each message type.
In idle status:
¤ Press keys . . . the number 9
appears in the display . . . use to select the message type:
. . . the number 9 followed by the entry (e.g. 975) is displayed,
the current setting for the select message type flashes in the
entry field (e.g. 0) . . . use to set the action for the arrival
of new messages:
¤ . . . confirm selected setting with OK
or
¤ return to idle display without making changes: Back
Messages on the network mailbox ¤
missed calls ¤
new SMS ¤
Messages on the answer machine ¤
The Message key flashes ¤
The Message key does not flash ¤
Gigaset GO: The telephone will send a notification of newly received calls to your
smartphone.
The Gigaset elements app has been installed on the smartphone.
The telephone has been registered with Gigaset elements ( web configu-
rator).
Further information about Gigaset GO can be found at www.gigaset.com/go
System
975 SET:
[0]
Back OK
36
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Call lists
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / call_list.fm / 7/24/15
Call lists
The telephone saves different types of calls (missed, accepted and outgoing calls) in lists.
List entry
The following information is displayed in the list entries:
• The list type (in the header)
• Icon for the type of entry:
Missed calls,
Accepted calls,
Outgoing calls,
Call on the answer machine
• Caller's number. If the number is stored in the directory, the
name and number type ( Phone (Home), Phone (Office),
Phone (Mobile)) are shown instead. In the event of missed
calls, the number of missed calls from this number is also shown
in square brackets.
• Connection by which the call was received/made
• Date and time of call (if set)
Opening the call list
Calling back a caller from the call list
¤ . . . use to select Call Lists OK . . . use to select list OK . . . use
to select entry Press the Talk key
Additional options
¤ . . . use to select CallLists OK . . . use to select list OK . . . possible
options:
Via the display key: ¤ Calls . . . use to select the list OK
Via the menu: ¤ . . . use to select Call Lists OK . . . use to
select the list OK
Via the Message key (missed calls):
¤ Press the Message key Missed Calls: OK
View an entry: ¤ . . . use to select entry View
Copy the number to the directory:
¤ . . . use to select entry Options Copy to Directory
Delete an entry: ¤ . . . use to select entry Options Delete entry OK
Delete list: ¤ Options Delete List OK Yes
Information relating to unknown telephone numbers is available
• free of charge via the reverse search facility in the online directory
All calls
Frank
Today, 15:40 [3]
089563795
13/05/15, 18:32
Susan Black
12/05/2015,
View Options
Example
37
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Local handset directory
Directories
Local handset directory
The local directory is unique to the handset. However, it is possible to send entries to other
handsets ( p. 40).
Opening the directory
¤ Briefly press in idle status
Directory entries
Creating an entry
¤ <New Entry> OK . . . use to switch
between the entry fields and enter data for an entry:
Names/numbers:
¤ . . . use to enter first names and/or surnames, at least
one number (personal, office, or mobile) and an e-mail
address, if applicable
Anniversary:
¤ . . . use to activate/deactivate Anniversary . . . use
to enter date and time . . . use to select type of
alert (Visual only or a ringtone)
Caller Melody (VIP):
¤ . . . use to select the ringtone that will indicate a call from the participant . . . if a Caller
Melody (VIP) has been assigned, the entry will appear in the directory with the icon.
Save entry: Save
Number of entries: up to 200
Information: First name and surname, up to three telephone numbers, anniversary
with alert, VIP ringtone with VIP icon
Length of the entries: Numbers: max. 32 digits
First name, surname: max. 16 characters
The entry is only valid if it contains at least one number.
For Caller Melody (VIP): the telephone number of the caller must be supplied.
Example
New Entry
First Name:
Robert
Surname:
I
Phone (Home):
Abc
‚
Save
38
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Local handset directory
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory.fm / 7/24/15
Searching for/selecting a directory entry
¤ . . . use to browse searched names
or
¤ . . . use to enter initial letters (max. 8 letters) . . . the display jumps to the first name
starting with these initial letters . . . use to continue browsing to the desired entry, if
needed
Scroll through directory: Press and hold
Displaying/changing an entry
¤ . . . use to select entry View . . . use to select the field to be
changed Edit
or
¤ . . . use to select an entry Options Edit entry OK
Deleting entries
Delete the selected entry: . . . use to select an entry Options Delete
entry OK
Delete all entries: Options Delete List OK Yes
Setting the order of the directory entries
Directory entries can be sorted by first name or surname.
¤ Options Sort by Surname / Sort by First Name
If no name was entered, the default telephone number is shown in the surname field. These
entries appear at the beginning of the list, regardless of how the entries are sorted.
The sort order is as follows:
Space | Digits (0-9) | Letters (alphabetically) | Other characters.
Displaying the number of entries available in the directory
¤ Options Available Memory OK
39
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Local handset directory
Copying number to the directory
Copy numbers to the directory:
• From a list e.g. the call list or the redial list
• From the text of an SMS
• When dialling a number
The number is displayed or highlighted.
¤ Press the display key or Options Copy to Directory OK . . . possible options:
Create a new entry:
¤ <New Entry> OK . . . use to select number type OK complete entry Save
Add number to an existing entry:
¤ . . . use to select an entry OK . . . use to select number type OK . . . the
number is entered or a prompt to overwrite an existing number is displayed . . . if
required, answer the prompt with Yes/No Save
• From a public online directory or classified directory
40
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Local handset directory
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory.fm / 7/24/15
Copying an entry/directory
Copying individual entries
¤ . . . use to select the desired entry Options Copy Entry OK to
Internal OK . . . use to select the receiving handset OK . . . the entry is copied
Copy the next entry after successful transfer: Press Yes or No
Copying the entire directory
¤ Options Copy List OK to Internal OK . . . use to select the
receiving handset OK . . . the entries are copied one after the other
Copying directory entries from a smartphone (Gigaset GO)
Further information is available at www.gigaset.com/lp/contactspush
The sending and receiving handset must both be registered to the same base station.
The other handset and the base station are able to send and receive directory entries.
An external call interrupts the transfer.
Caller pictures and sounds are not transferred. Only the date is transferred for an
anniversary.
Both handsets support vCards:
• No entry with the name is available: a new entry is created.
• An entry with the name is already available: The entry is expanded to include the
new numbers. If the entry contains more numbers than allowed by the recipient
handset, a second entry is created with the same name.
The recipient handset does not support vCards:
A separate entry is created and sent for each number.
The sending handset does not support vCards:
A new entry is created on the receiving handset and the transferred number is added
to the Phone (Home) field. If an entry with this number already exists, the copied num-
ber is discarded.
Use vCard via SMS to send a directory entry in vCard format by SMS.
The phone is connected to the Internet.
The Gigaset ContactsPush app has been installed on the smartphone.
41
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory_IP.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Online directories
Online directories
Depending on the provider you can use public online directories, e. g. online directory and Yel-
low Pages.
Exclusion of liability
Gigaset Communications GmbH assumes no guarantee or liability for the availability of this
service. The service may be discontinued at any time.
Opening an online directory/Yellow Pages
¤ Press and hold . . . The list of online directories is displayed with provider-specific
names . . . Use to select the online directory or Yellow Pages from the list OK
Searching for an entry
¤ Press and hold . . . Use to select a directory/Yellow Pages OK . . . Use to
enter search criteria . . . Use to switch between the entry fields Search . . . then
Searching for a telephone number: Enter name and town/city
Town/city details unclear: . . . possible town/city names are displayed . . . use to select a
town/city name OK
Searching for a name (reverse search): Enter the number
The online directory is configured via the Web configurator.
Calls to the online directory are always free of charge.
Name/category: ¤ . . . use to enter the name or the category (max. 30 characters)
Town/city: The names of towns/cities most recently entered are displayed
(maximum 5).
¤ . . . Use to enter the name of the town/city in which the
participant you are searching for lives (max. 30 characters)
¤ or select one of the displayed town/city names using
Start search: ¤ Search . . . the search will be started
Number: ¤ . . . Use to enter the number (max. 30 characters)
Start search: ¤ Search . . . the search is started
The selected online directory supports the number search.
42
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Online directories
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory_IP.fm / 7/24/15
No entries found to match the search criteria given:
• Start a new search: New
• Change search criteria: Change
Too many entries found:
• Start a refined search: Refine
• The number of hits appears in the display (depends on the provider).
Display hit list: View
Start a refined search
The refined search limits the number of hits returned by a previous search using additional
search criteria (first name and/or street).
¤ Refine
or
¤ Options Refine Search OK
. . . The search criteria are transferred from the previous search and are entered into the
corresponding fields . . . Edit or add search criteria, e.g. enter first names or street Search
Search result (hit list)
The first entry found is displayed. The consecutive number of
the entry displayed and the hit number is visible at the top right
(e.g. 1/50).
Scroll through the list:
Display the full entry:
¤ View . . . all entry information is displayed in full . . . use
to scroll through the entry
Refine search criteria and restrict hit list:
¤ Options Refine Search OK ( p. 42)
Start a new search:
¤ Options New Search OK
Copy an entry to the local directory:
¤ Options Copy to Directory OK . . . Use to select <New Entry> or an
existing entry OK Save . . . The entry is saved, the complete name is transferred to
the Surname field of the local directory
Calling participants
¤ Select entry Press the Talk key
If the entry only contains one phone number, this is the one that is dialled.
If the entry contains more than one number, a list of numbers is displayed.
¤ Select number Dial
Online Directory 1/50
Sand, Marie Elisabe ...
0049123456789
Parkstraße 11
Berlin 12345
View Options
Example
43
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory_IP.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Gigaset.net directory
Gigaset.net directory
The Gigaset.net directory contains all participants registered on Gigaset.net.
Opening the Gigaset.net directory
¤ Press and hold . . . The list of online directories is opened Gigaset.net OK . . .
The Gigaset.net directory is opened
or
¤ . . . Use to dial the phone number of the Gigaset.net directory (1188#9) Press the Talk
key . . . The Gigaset.net directory is opened
Searching for participants on the Gigaset.net directory
¤ Press and hold Gigaset.net OK . . . use to enter a name or part of a name
(max. 25 characters) Options Search OK
Search successful: A hit list is displayed containing all the names
that begin with the specified character string. The consecutive
number of the marked entry and the hit number is visible at the top
right (e.g. 1/5).
¤ . . . Use to scroll through the hit list
No matching entry found:
Start a new search: New
Changesearch criteria: Change. . .thedefinednameiscopied
. . . Change or extend name . . . Repeat search
Too many matching entries, no hit list:
Start a refined search: Refine . . . the defined name is copied
. . . extend the name using . . . Repeat search
Hit list too long:
Start a refined search: Options Refine Search OK . . . the defined name is copied
. . . extend the name using . . . Repeat search
Desired participants not found:
Start a new search: Options New Search OK . . . enter new name using . . .
Repeat search
When theGigaset.net directory isopened for the first time: Register withGigaset.net
( p. 95)
Gigaset.net 1/5
Saal, Frank
Sailor, Ben
Sailor, Anna
Sand, Marie Elisabe ....
Sand, Otto
View Options
Example:
44
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Gigaset.net directory
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory_IP.fm / 7/24/15
Displaying an entry
¤ . . . Use to select participant from the hit list View . . . The display shows the
Gigaset.net number and the participant's name. The name may appear over a number of
lines
¤ . . . Use to display the name and number of the next/previous participant in the hit list
Copying an entry to the local directory
¤ . . . use to select entry Options Copy to Directory OK . . . use to select
<New Entry> or an existing entry OK change entry if necessary Save . . . The entry is
saved, number and name (abbreviated if necessary, max. 16 characters) are copied to the
local directory ( p. 37)
Calling a Gigaset.net participant
¤ From the Gigaset.net directory: . . . Use to select participant in the hit list Press the
Talk key
or
¤ Enter number directly (in idle status): . . . Use to enter a Gigaset.net number
(including #9) Press the Talk key
or
¤ From the local directory: Briefly press . . . Use to select a Gigaset.net phone
number Press the Talk key
Editing and deleting your own entry
¤ Press and hold Gigaset.net OK Options Own Details OK . . . The
Gigaset.net number and the current name are displayed.
Entering/editing a name:
¤ Change . . . Use to delete the name if necessary . . . Use to change the name
or enter a new name (max 25 characters) Save
Every number ending with #9 is automatically dialled via Gigaset.net.
Calls to the Gigaset.net directory are always free of charge.
Note the data protection notice p. 95.
If the name is deleted, the entry is deleted from the directory and will not longer be
"visible" to other Gigaset.net participants. The Gigaset.net number can still be reached.
Display a number during a call: Options Service Info OK
45
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Local answer machine
Answer machine
Local answer machine
Switching the answer machine on/off
The answer machine can be set to the following modes:
¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Activation OK . . .
use to select AnswerMachine (if more than one answer machine is available) Change
. . . then
Once the telephone has been set up, an answer machine (AB1) is activated. There are
two further answer machines available if, in addition to the fixed line connection, VoIP
connections have been configured and one or more receive connections have been
assigned to the answer machines.
Each answer machine only accepts calls that are addressed to one of its receive
connections and can only be operated using handsets to which at least one of its
receive connections has been assigned.
Receive connections can be set up using the web configurator.
Answer & record The caller hears an announcement and is able to leave a message.
Answer only The caller hears an announcement but cannot leave a message.
Alternating The mode switches between Answer & record and Answer only at pre-
determined times.
Switch on/off: ¤ Activation: . . . use to select On or Off
Set mode: ¤ Mode . . . use to select mode
Set the time for Alternating mode:
¤ . . .use to switch between Recordfrom and Recorduntil . . .
use to enter hours/minutes in 4-digit format to set the start and
end of the period. (The time must be set.)
Save settings: ¤ Save
46
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Local answer machine
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15
Operation using the handset
Playing back messages
¤ Press and hold the key
or
¤ Press the Message key Answer Mach.: OK
or
¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Play Messages OK . . . use
to select Answer Machine (if more than one answer machine is available) OK
The answer machine begins immediately with message playback. New messages are played
back first.
Actions during playback
• Control playback volume: Press the volume keys /
• Stop playback: / or use the display key: Options
• Continue playback: Press / again or use the display key: Continue
• Go to the start of the current message: Press key
• Repeat the last 5 seconds of the message: Press key
• Skip to the next message: Press or key
• Skip to previous message during the time stamp playback:
¤ Press or key
• Skip to next message during the time stamp playback:
¤ Press key
• Mark a message as "new": Press key
or use the display key Options Mark as new OK
An "old" message that has already been played back is displayed as a "new" message again.
The key on the handset flashes.
• Copying the phone number from a message to the directory: Options Copy to
Directory . . . complete entry using
• To delete a single message: Press Delete or key
• Delete all old messages: Options Delete old list OK Yes
Picking up a call from the answer machine
You can pick up a call while the answer machine is recording or is being operated remotely:
¤ Press the Talk key or use display key Accept . . . recording is interrupted . . . speak to the
caller
If three seconds of the message have already been recorded when you accept the call, the
message is saved. The Message key on the handset flashes.
Key 1 is assigned to the answer machine.
47
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Local answer machine
Forwarding an external call to the answer machine
¤ Press the display key . . . The answer machine starts immediately in answer and record
mode and records the call. The set time for ring delay ( p. 47) is ignored
Activating/deactivating two-way record
Pick up an external call with the answer machine:
¤ Inform the caller of the two-way recording Options Two-way Record OK . . . two-
way recording is indicated in the display by an advisory text and placed in the answer
machine list as a new message
End two-way recording: End
Activating/deactivating call screening
During recording of a message you can screen a call via the handset loudspeaker:
Permanently switching call screening on/off:
¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Call Screening
Change ( = on) . . . call screening is switched on/off for all registered handsets
Switching off call screening for the current recording:
¤ Press the display key Silence or the End call key . . . Pick up call using
Operating when on the move (remote operation)
Access answer machine or switch answer machine on from another telephone (e.g.hotel,mobile
phone).
Switching on the answer machine
¤ Call the telephone connection and let it ring until the announcement "Please enter PIN"
(approx. 50 seconds) . . . use to enter the telephone's system PIN within 10 seconds . . .
the answer machine is switched on, the remaining memory is announced, messages are
played back
An external call is indicated on the handset.
The answer machine is activated, is not in use and still has enough memory.
The system PIN is set to something other than 0000 and the other telephone has tone
dialling (DTMF).
Incorrect PIN is entered or entry takes too long (more than 10 seconds): The
connection is interrupted. The answer machine will remain deactivated.
The answer machine cannot be deactivated remotely.
48
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Local answer machine
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15
Checking the answer machine
¤ Call the telephone connection . . . during the announcement press key . . . playback of
the announcement is interrupted Enter system PIN
You are informed whether any new messages have been recorded. Message playback begins.
The answer machine is operated using the following keys:
Cancelling remote operation
¤ Press the End call key or replace the receiver
The answer machine is activated.
During the time stamp playback: Skip to previous message.
During message playback: Go to the start of the current message.
Pause playback. Press again to resume.
After a pause of approx. 60 seconds, the connection is ended.
Go to the next message.
Repeat the last 5 seconds of the message playback.
During message playback: Delete current message.
Change the status of a previously played back message to "new".
The next message starts to play. The remaining memory is announced at the end of the last
message.
The answer machine will terminate the connection under the following circumstances:
• The entered system PIN is incorrect.
• There are no messages on the answer machine.
• After the remaining memory announcement.
49
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Local answer machine
Settings
Recording a personal announcement/advisory message
The phone is supplied with pre-recorded announcements for announcement and advisory
mode. If a personal announcement has not been recorded, the relevant pre-recorded
announcement is used.
¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Announcements OK . . .
use to switch between Record Announcem. and Rec. Advisory Msg. OK . . . use
to select Answer Machine (if more than one answer machine is available) OK OK
. . . record your announcement (at least 3 seconds) . . . possible options
Listening to announcements/advisory messages
¤ . . . use to select AnswerMachine OK Announcements OK . . .
use to switch between Play Announcement and Play Advisory Msg. OK . . . use
to select Answer Machine (if more than one answer machine is available) OK . . . the
announcement is played back . . . possible options:
If the answer machine's memory is full, it will switch to Answer only mode.
¤ Delete old messages . . . the answer machine switches back to Answer & record . . . repeat
any recording
Complete the recording and save:
¤ End . . . the announcement is played back for you to check
Cancel the recording: ¤ Press the End call key or Back
Resume the recording:
¤ OK
Repeat the recording: ¤ New
Recording ends automatically if the maximum recording time of 170 seconds is
exceeded or there is a break in speech for more than 2 seconds.
If the recording is cancelled, the default announcement is used.
The recording is cancelled or not started if the answer machine memory is full.
¤ Delete old messages . . . the answer machine switches back to Answer & record
mode . . . repeat the recording, if needed
Cancel playback: ¤ Press the End call key or Back
Cancel playback and record a new announcement:
¤ New
50
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Local answer machine
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15
Deleting announcements/advisory messages
¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Announcements OK . . .
use to switch between Delete Announcem. and Del. Advisory Msg. OK . . . use
to select Answer Machine (if more than one answer machine is available) OK Yes
Once the announcement has been deleted, the relevant pre-recorded announcement is used
again.
Setting recording parameters
¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Recordings OK . . . then
The following apply when setting is Automatic:
• No new messages available: a call will be picked up after 18 seconds.
• New messages available: a call will be picked up after 10 seconds.
When checking messages remotely ( p. 47) it is therefore apparent after 15 seconds that there
are no new messages waiting. No call costs are incurred if the call is ended immediately.
Maximum recording time:
¤ Length: . . . use to select timeframe
Recording quality: ¤ Quality . . . use to switch between Long Play and Excel-
lent (at higher quality, the max. recording time will decrease)
When should a call be picked up:
¤ Ring Delay . . . use to select a time
Save settings: ¤ Save
51
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Network mailbox
Network mailbox
Each network mailbox accepts incoming calls made via the corresponding line (fixed line net-
work or corresponding VoIP phone number). In order to record all calls, a network mailbox
should be set up for both the fixed line network and the VoIP connection.
Activating/deactivating the network mailbox, entering a
number
On the handset, you can manage the network mailboxes that are assigned to one of its receive
connections.
¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Network Mailbox OK
. . . use to select connection if applicable OK . . . then
For a fixed line network/connection
¤ . . . use to enter or amend the network mailbox number Save
For a VoIP connection
Fixed line network connection: The network mailbox has been requested from the
network provider.
The network mailbox is automatically called via the corresponding connection. An
automatic area code specific to the phone is not prefixed.
The network mailbox messages can be played back using the phone's keypad (digit
codes). For VoIP, you need to use the web configurator to define how the digit codes
are to be converted to DTMF signals and transmitted. Ask your VoIP provider which
type of DTMF transmission it supports.
To activate/deactivate the network mailbox for the fixed line network connection use
the phone number and a function code of your network provider. Please contact the
network provider if you require any further information.
Activate/deactivate network MB:
¤ Status . . . use to select On or Off
Enter number: ¤ NetworkMailbox . . . use to enter or amend the network
mailbox number
With some VoIP providers, the phone number has already been
downloaded together with the general VoIP provider data and
saved to the base station.
Save settings: ¤ Save
52
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Set fast access for the answer machine
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15
Playing back messages
¤ Press and hold
or
¤ Press the Message key . . . use to select network mailbox (Net AM: Fixed Line /
Mailbox: IP1) OK
or
¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Play Messages OK . . . use
to select network mailbox (Mailbox: Net AM: Fixed Line / Mailbox: IP1) OK
Listen to announcement out loud: Press the handsfree key
Set fast access for the answer machine
It is possible to call a network mailbox or the telephone's local answer machine directly by
pressing key .
Assigning key 1, changing assignment
Settings for the fast access are device-specific. A different answer machine can be assigned to
key on each registered handset. The answer machine for the handset's receive connections
are offered, e.g. Net AM: Fixed Line, Mailbox: IP1, Answer Machine.
¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Set Key 1 OK . . . use
to select answer machine Select ( = selected)
Return to idle status: Press and hold the End call key
Network mailbox
If no number has yet been saved for the network mailbox:
¤ . . . use to make a change in the line Network Mailbox . . . use to enter the number
of the network mailbox Save Press and hold the End call key (idle status)
Key 1 has been assigned to the network mailbox.
53
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Calendar
Additional functions
Calendar
You can remind yourself of up to 30 appointments.
In the calendar, the current day is outlined in white; on days with
appointments, the numbers are displayed in colour. When a day
is selected, it will be outlined in colour.
Saving appointments to the calendar
¤ . . . use to select Additional Features OK Calendar OK . . . use
to select desired day OK . . . then
Notification of appointments/anniversaries
Anniversaries are transferred from the directory and displayed as an appointment. An
appointment/anniversary is displayed in idle status and the selected ringtone plays for
60 seconds as a notification.
• Acknowledge and stop the reminder: Press the display key OFF
• Respond with SMS: Press the display key SMS . . . the SMS menu is displayed
Date and time have been set.
Switch on/off: ¤ Activation: . . . use to select On or Off
Enter date: ¤ Date . . . the selected day has been pre-set . . . use to
enter new date
Enter time: ¤ Time . . . use to enter hours and minutes of the
appointment
Set name: ¤ Text . . . use to enter a description of the appointment
(e.g. evening meal, meeting)
Set alarm tone: ¤ Signal . . . use to select the melody of the reminder
alarm or deactivate the acoustic signal
Save appointment: ¤ Save
If an appointment has already been entered: <New Entry> OK . . . Then
enter information for the appointment.
July 2015
Mo Tue We Th Fri Sat Su
01 02 03 04 05 06
07 08 09 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
Back OK
54
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Calendar
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15
Displaying missed appointments/anniversaries
The following appointments and anniversaries are saved in the Missed Alarms list:
• The appointment/anniversary call was not acknowledged.
• The appointment/anniversary was notified during a phone call.
• The handset was switched off at the time of the appointment/anniversary.
The last 10 entries are stored. The icon and the number of new entries are shown in the
display. The most recent entry appears at the top of the list.
Opening the list
¤ Press the Message key Missed Alarms: OK . . . use to browse through
the list of any appointments
or
¤ . . . use to select Additional Features OK Missed Alarms OK
Each entry is displayed with the number or name, date and time. The most recent entry appears
at the top of the list.
• Delete an appointment/anniversary: Delete
• Compose an SMS: SMS (only if the list has been opened via the menu) . . . the SMS menu
is opened
Displaying/changing/deleting stored appointments
¤ . . . use to select Additional Features OK Calendar OK . . .
use to select day OK . . . the appointment list is displayed . . . use to select date
. . . possible options:
During a call, a reminder is indicated on the handset once with an advisory tone on the
handset.
Display appointment details:
¤ View . . . The appointment settings are displayed
Change appointment:¤ View Edit
or Options Edit entry OK
Activate/deactivate appointment:
¤ Options Activate/Deactivate OK
Delete appointment: ¤ Options Delete entry OK
Delete all appointments for a day:
¤ Options Delete all Appoints. OK Yes
55
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Alarm clock
Alarm clock
Activating/deactivating the alarm clock and setting the wake-up time
¤ . . . use to select Additional Features OK Alarm Clock OK . . .
then
When the alarm clock is activated, the icon and the wake-up time are displayed in idle
display.
Alarm
An alarm is shown on the display and indicated by the selected ringtone melody. The alarm
sounds for 60 seconds. If no key is pressed, the alarm is repeated after 5 minutes. After the
second repetition, the alarm call is deactivated for 24 hours.
Switching off /repeating the alarm after an interval (snooze mode)
Deactivate the alarm: OFF
Repeat the alarm (snooze mode): Press Snooze or any key . . . the alarm is switched off and
repeated after 5 minutes.
Date and time have been set.
Switch on/off: ¤ Activation: . . . use to select On or Off
Setting the wake-up time:
¤ Time . . . use to enter hours and minutes
Set days: ¤ Occurrence . . . use to switch between Monday-Friday
and Daily
Set the volume: ¤ Volume . . . use to set volume in 5 increments or select
crescendo (increasing volume)
Set alarm: ¤ Melody . . . use to select a ringtone for the alarm
Save settings: ¤ Save
During a call, the alarm is only indicated by a short tone.
56
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Baby monitor
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15
Baby monitor
When the baby monitor is switched on, the stored (internal or external) destination number is
called as soon as a defined noise level is exceeded in the vicinity of the handset. The alarm to an
external number is cancelled after approximately 90 seconds.
You can answer the alarm using the Two Way Talk function. This function is used to switch the
loudspeaker of the handset located in the baby's room on or off.
In baby monitor mode, incoming calls are only indicated on the display (without ringtone). The
display backlight is reduced to 50%. Advisory tones are deactivated. All keys are locked, with the
exception of the display keys and the ability to press the centre of the control key.
If you accept an incoming call, the baby monitor mode is suspended for the duration of the call,
but the function remains activated. The baby monitor mode is not deactivated by switching the
handset off and on again.
Activating and setting the baby monitor
¤ . . . use to select Additional Features OK
Baby Monitor OK . . . then
The destination number is displayed in idle display when the baby monitor is activated.
The handset should be positioned 1 to 2 metres away from the baby. The microphone
must point towards the baby.
Activating the function reduces the operating time of your handset. For that reason,
place the handset in the charging cradle if necessary.
The baby monitor is activated 20 seconds after switching on.
The answer machine for the destination number must be switched off.
After switching on:
¤ Test sensitivity.
¤ Test the connection, if the alarm is being forwarded to an external number.
Switch on/off:
¤ Activation: . . . use to select On or Off
Enter destination:
¤ Send alarm to . . . use to select External or
Internal
External: Number . . . use to select number
or select a number from the directory:
Internal: Handset Change . . . use to
select the handset OK
Activate/deactivate two-way talk:
¤ Two Way Talk . . . use to select On or Off
Set microphone sensitivity:
¤ Sensitivity . . . use to select High or Low
Save settings: Save
07:15
INT 1 14 Oct
Baby Monitor
0891234567
OFF Options
Baby Monitor activated
57
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Baby monitor
Deactivate baby monitor/cancel alarm
Deactivate the baby monitor remotely
¤ Accept alarm call Press keys
The baby monitor is deactivated and the handset is in idle status. The baby monitor settings
on the handset (e.g. no ringtone) will remain activated until you press the display key OFF.
Reactivate baby monitor with the same number: . . . Activation to switch back on ( p. 56)
Save
Deactivate the baby monitor: ¤ In idle status press the display key OFF
Cancel the alarm: ¤ Press the End call key during an alarm
The alarm is forwarded to an external destination number.
The receiving phone supports tone dialling.
58
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
ECO DECT
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15
ECO DECT
The device range is set to maximum as default. This guarantees the best connection between
the handset and the base station. In idle status, the handset will not function (as it is not
transmitting). Only the base station will maintain contact with the handset via a low wireless
signal. During a call, the transmission power automatically adapts to the distance between the
base station and handset. The smaller the distance to the base, the lower the radiation.
To reduce the radiation further:
Reducing radiation by up to 80%
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK ECO DECT OK Maximum
Range Change ( = off)
Deactivating radiation in idle status
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK ECO DECT OK No
Radiation Change ( = on)
The range is also reduced with this setting.
It is not possible to use a repeater to increase the range.
To benefit from the advantages of the setting No Radiation, all registered handsets
must support this feature.
If the setting No Radiation is activated and a handset is registered to the base that
does not support this feature, No Radiation is automatically deactivated. As soon as
this handset is de-registered, No Radiation will automatically be re-activated.
The wireless connection will only be established for an incoming or outgoing call and
the connection will be delayed by about 2 seconds.
In order that a handset can establish a wireless connection with the base station more
quickly for an incoming call, it must "listen" to the base station more often, i.e. scan the
environment. This increases power consumption and reduces the standby and talk-
time of the handset.
When No Radiation is activated, there will be no range display/range alarm on the
handset. Contactability can be tested by attempting to establish a connection.
¤ Press and hold the Talk key . . . the ringing tone will sound.
Further information can be found at www.gigaset.com.
59
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Protection against unwanted calls
Protection against unwanted calls
Time control for external calls
Enter a time period during which the handset should suspend
ringing to indicate external calls e.g. during the night.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio
Settings OK Ringtones (Handset) OK Time
Control OK . . . then
Protection from anonymous callers
The handset will not ring if callers' numbers are not revealed.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK
Ringtones (Handset) OK Anon.Calls Silent Edit ( = on) . . . the call is only
signalled on the display
Black list
When the black list function is activated, calls from black list numbers are not indicated or are
only indicated in the display. These settings apply to all registered handsets.
Transferring a number from a call list to the black list
¤ . . . use to select Call Lists OK . . . use to select Accepted calls/
Missed calls OK . . . use to select entry Options Copy to Blacklist OK
Date and time have been set.
Switch on/off: ¤ use to select On or Off
Enter time: ¤ use to switch between Suspend
ring. from and Suspend ring. until
. . . use to enter start and end in
4-digit format
Save: ¤ Save
The time control only applies to the handset for which the setting is configured.
The telephone will continue to ring for numbers that have been assigned to a VIP
group in the directory.
Time Control
For external calls:
On
Suspend ring. from:
22:00
Suspend ring. until:
07:00
Back Save
Example
60
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Protection against unwanted calls
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15
Displaying/editing the black list
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Black List
Edit Blocked Numbers OK . . . the list of blocked numbers is displayed . . . possible
options:
Setting the protection mode
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Black List
Edit Protection Mode OK . . . use to select desired protection:
Save settings: Save
Create an entry: ¤ New . . . use to enter a number Save
Delete an entry: ¤ . . . use to select an entry Delete . . . the entry is deleted
No Protection All calls are indicated, including from callers whose numbers are on the
black list.
Silent Call The telephone will not ring and the incoming call will only appear in the
display.
Block Call The telephone will not ring and the incoming call will not appear in the
display. The caller will hear the busy tone.
61
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
SMS (text messages)
SMS (text messages)
It is possible to send SMS messages as soon as the telephone has been connected to the fixed
line network.
Writing and sending SMS messages
¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK . . . then
Calling Line Identification is enabled ( p. 29).
The network provider supports the SMS service.
If no SMS service centre is entered, the submenu SMS only consists of the entry
Settings.
SMS messages can also be sent and received via VoIP. The lines for sending SMS
messages must be expressly set. It is not possible to receive SMS messages via
Gigaset.net.
An SMS may be up to 612 characters in length. If the number of characters exceeds
160, the SMS is sent as linked SMS messages (up to four individual SMS messages).
The remaining number of characters is shown in the top right corner of the display,
followed by an indication in brackets of which part of a linked SMS is currently being
written. Example: 405(2).
Write an SMS: ¤ New SMS OK . . . use to enter SMS text
Send an SMS: ¤ Press the End call key
or Options Send OK SMS OK
Enter number (Send SMS to):
From the directory: . . . use to select number OK
or . . . use to enter number directly
If sending SMS messages to an SMS mailbox: add the mailbox ID to the
end of the number.
Send: ¤ Send
The number must include the local area code (even if you are in that area).
If an external call comes in, or if you interrupt writing for more than 2 minutes, the text
is automatically saved in the draft message list.
Sending SMS messages may incur additional costs. Please consult your network
provider.
62
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
SMS (text messages)
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15
Sending SMS messages to an e-mail address
¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK New SMS OK . . .
then
Temporary storing of an SMS (draft message list)
You can temporarily store, change later and send SMS messages.
Saving SMS in the draft message list
¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK New SMS OK
. . . use to wirte SMS Options Save OK
Opening and editing an SMS from the draft message list
¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK Draft OK
. . . use to select saved SMS . . . possible options:
The network provider supports this feature.
Enter address: ¤ . . . use to enter the e-mail address at the start of the SMS
message
or
¤ Options Insert eMail address . . . use to select a
directory entry containing an e-mail address OK
Write text: ¤ . . . use to complete the SMS message
Send: ¤ Options Send OK . . . use to enter the number of
the e-mail service(ifnot entered) Send . . . theSMS is sent to the
e-mail service of the SMS send service centre
Read draft: ¤ Read
Edit: ¤ Options Edit OK
Send SMS: ¤ Options Send OK
Delete an entry: ¤ Options Delete entry OK
Delete all entries: ¤ Options Delete List OK Yes
63
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
SMS (text messages)
Receiving an SMS
Incoming SMS messages are saved in the incoming message list, linked SMS messages are
generally displayed as one SMS.
SMS message list
The incoming SMS message list contains all the received SMS messages and those SMS
messages that could not be sent due to an error.
New SMS messages are indicated on all Gigaset handsets by the icon on the display, the
flashing Message key and an advisory tone.
Open the SMS message list
• With the Message key: . . . the messages list is opened
The messages list shows the number of SMS messages it
contains: bold = new messages, not bold = read messages
Open list: . . . use to select SMS: OK
• Via the SMS menu: . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS
OK Incoming OK
Every entry in the list contains:
• the number or name of the sender,
• the send/receive connection to which the SMS is addressed,
• arrival date and time.
Functions of the incoming message list
¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK Incoming OK
. . . possible options:
Call the sender of the SMS:
¤ . . . use to select an SMS Press the Talk key
Delete an entry: ¤ Options Delete entry OK
Save the number in the directory:
¤ Options Copy to Directory OK ( p. 40)
Delete all entries in the SMS message list:
¤ Options Delete List OK Yes
SMS: (2)
0123727859362922
for Fixed Line
10/02/2015 09:07
64
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
SMS (text messages)
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15
Reading and managing SMS messages
¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK Incoming
OK . . . use to select SMS Read . . . possible options:
Saving numbers from SMS text to the directory
If a telephone number in the SMS text is recognised, it is automatically highlighted.
• Save the number in the directory: ( p. 37)
If the number is to also be used to send an SMS, save the number including the local area
code (dialling code).
• Dial a number: Press the Talk key
• Select the next number, if an SMS contains multiple numbers: . . . use to scroll down
until the first number has disappeared from the display.
SMS with vCard
The vCard is an electronic business card. It is indicated by the icon in the SMS text. A vCard
can contain a name, home number, work number, mobile number and a birthday. Individual
entries in a vCard can be saved to the directory one after the other.
When reading an SMS containing the vCard: View Save
The directory is opened automatically. The number and name are copied. If a birthday is entered
on the vCard, the date is copied to the directory as an anniversary. If necessary, edit the entry in
the directory and save it. You will return to the vCard automatically.
Answer SMS: ¤ Options Reply OK
Edit SMS text and send to recipient of your choice:
¤ Options Edit OK . . . use to edit text Options
Forward OK
Forward SMS to recipient of your choice:
¤ Options Forward OK
Display text in a different character set:
¤ Options Character Set OK . . . use to select
character set Select ( = selected)
The +-icon is not copied for international area codes.
¤ You should then enter "00" at the start of the number.
65
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
SMS (text messages)
SMS notification
Receive notifications of missed calls and/or new messages on the answer machine.
¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK Settings
OK Notification Change ( = on) . . . then
SMS service centres
The number for at least one SMS service centre must be saved in the device to be able to send
SMS messages. The SMS service centre number can be obtained from the service provider.
SMS messages are received from every entered SMS service centre as long as they are registered
with their service provider.
Your SMS messages are sent via the SMS service centre that is entered as the active send centre.
Only one SMS service centre can be the active send centre at any one time.
Entering/changing the SMS service centre, setting the send service centre
¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK Settings
OK Service Centres OK . . . use to select SMS service centre ( = current
send service centre) Edit . . . then
Enter number: ¤ To . . . use to enter the number to which the SMS should be
sent
Missed calls: ¤ Missed calls . . . use to select On or Off
Answer machine: ¤ For AM messages . . . use to select On or Off
Save settings: ¤ Save
Do not enter your own fixed line network number for notification of missed calls. This
can create an endless loop that will incur charges.
SMS notification may incur additional costs.
Activate send service centre:
Active Send: . . . use to select Yes or No (Yes = SMS messages
are sent via the SMS service centre)
Enter the number of the SMS service:
¤ SMS Service Centre Number . . . use to enter the num-
ber
Enter the number of the e-mail service:
¤ eMail Service no. . . . use to enter the number
Select send connection:
¤ Send via . . . use to select the fixed line network or VoIP
connection that you want to use to send the SMS messages.
Save settings: ¤ Save
66
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
SMS (text messages)
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15
SMS to PABXs
• The Call Line Identification must be forwarded to the extension of the PABX (CLIP).
• If necessary, the access code/outside line code must be prefixed to the number of the SMS
service centre (depending on your PABX). To test: Send an SMS to your own number, once
with the access code and once without.
• If the SMS is sent without the extension number, it will not be possible for the recipient to
answer directly.
Activating/deactivating first ring muting
Every SMS addressed to your fixed line network connection is indicated by a single ring. If such
a "call" is answered, the SMS is lost. To prevent this, mute the first ring for all external calls. In idle
status:
¤ . . . the current setting flashes in the input field
(e.g. 1) . . . then
Activating/deactivating the SMS function
The settings you have entered for sending and receiving SMS messages (e.g. the numbers of the
SMS service centres) and the entries in the incoming and draft lists are saved even after
deactivation.
¤ . . . the current setting flashes in the input field
(e.g. 1) . . . then
If you have agreed a flat fixed line network rate, the chargeable numbers with dialling
code 0900 are often blocked. If, in this case, a 0900 number is entered for the SMS
service centre, you will not be able to send text messages from your phone.
If the attempt to send fails, the SMS is saved in the incoming messages list and
indicated as failed. VoIP connection: Even if the Automatic fallback to fixed line
option is activated ( web configurator), the telephone will not attempt to send the
SMS via the fixed line network.
If the selected send connection is deleted from the configuration, the fixed line
network connection is used.
Do not mute the first ringtone: ¤ OK
Mute the first ringtone (default setting): ¤ OK
Deactivate the SMS function: ¤ OK
Activate the SMS function (default setting): ¤ OK
67
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
SMS (text messages)
SMS troubleshooting
Self-help with errors
You cannot send messages
• You have not requested the CLIP service (Calling Line Identification Presentation).
¤ Ask your network provider to enable the feature.
• SMS sending was interrupted (e.g. by a call).
¤ Re-send the SMS.
• The network provider does not support this feature.
• No number or an incorrect one has been entered for the send service centre.
¤ Enter the number ( p. 65).
SMS text is incomplete
• The phone's memory is full.
¤ Delete old SMS messages.
• The network provider has not yet sent the rest of the SMS.
You have stopped receiving SMS messages
Call divert has been activated for All calls.
¤ Change call divert ( p. 31).
The SMS is played back
• The "display call number" service is not activated.
¤ Ask the network provider to enable this feature (subject to a fee).
• Your mobile phone operator and SMS service provider are not working in partnership.
¤ Obtain information from your SMS service provider.
• The phone is not registered with the SMS service provider.
¤ Send an SMS to register the phone for receiving SMS.
E0 Calling Line Identification permanently withheld (CLIR) or Calling Line Identification not
activated.
FE Error occurred while sending SMS.
FD Connection to SMS service centre failed, see self-help.
68
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
E-Mail notifications
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / email.fm / 7/24/15
E-Mail notifications
The phone periodically connects to the incoming e-mail server and checks for new messages.
The receipt of new e-mail messages is displayed on the handset: An advisory tone sounds, the
Message key flashes and the icon is displayed in idle status.
Opening the incoming e-mail list
¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK eMail OK
or: There are new e-mail messages (the Message key flashes)
¤ press eMail OK
The phone establishes a connection to the incoming e-mail server.
A list of e-mail messages that are stored there is displayed.
• New unread messages appear above old read messages.
• The following details are displayed for each e-mail: name or
e-mail address of the sender (on one line, abbreviated if
necessary) and date and time (date and time will only display
correct values if sender and recipient are located in the same
time zone).
• Bold: New message. E-mail messages that were not present in
the incoming e-mail server when the inbox was last opened are
identified as "new", regardless of whether or not they have been
read.
An e-mail account is set up with an Internet provider.
The incoming e-mail server uses the POP3 protocol.
The name of the incoming e-mail server and your personal access data (account
name, password) are stored in the phone ( Web configurator).
The icon is also displayed when you have new SMS messages.
If authentication of the telephone is carried out by the incoming e-mail server via a
secure connection (TLS authentication) and this fails, the e-mail messages are not
downloaded to the telephone.
Notification when pressing the Message key : Certificate error - Please check
your certificates in the Web configurator.
¤ Confirm notification using OK . . . On the Security page in the Web configurator,
you will find information on the possible causes and measures.
E-mail messages classified as spam by the provider are stored in a separate folder and
are not shown in the incoming e-mail list.
Some e-mail providers allow you to change this setting: Deactivate spam protection
or display spam e-mails in the incoming email list.
Other e-mail providers may send a message to the inbox when a new spam e-mail is
received. The date and sender of this mail are repeatedly updated, so that it is always
displayed as a new message.
eMail Incoming
Frank.Miller@mailp.com
10/02/201515:40
Happy Birthday
Anna Sand
10/02/2015 10:38
Read Delete
69
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / email.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
E-Mail notifications
Messages when establishing a connection
The following problems may occur when connecting to the incoming e-mail server. The
messages are displayed in the display for a few seconds.
Server not accessible
• The connection to the incoming e-mail server could not be established:
• Incorrect entry for the name of the incoming e-mail server.
• Temporary problems with the incoming e-mail server (server is down or is not connected
to the Internet).
¤ Check settings in the Web configurator.
¤ Try again later.
Currently not possible
• The resources your phone requires to make the connection are busy, e.g.:
• The permitted number of VoIP connections has already been reached.
• One of the registered handsets is currently connected to the incoming e-mail server.
¤ Try again later.
Login failed
• Error when logging in to the incoming e-mail server.
• Incorrect entries for name of incoming e-mail server, user name and/or password.
¤ Check settings in the Web configurator.
Mailbox settings incomplete
• Entries for name of incoming e-mail server, user name and/or password are incomplete.
¤ Check/add to settings.
70
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
E-Mail notifications
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / email.fm / 7/24/15
Reading e-mails
¤ . . . Use to select Messaging OK eMail OK . . . Use to
select an e-mail Read
The subject of the e-mail (maximum 120 characters) and the first
few characters of the text (maximum 560 characters) are displayed.
Scroll through the message:
Return to inbox: Back
View sender's address:
¤ Options From OK . . . The sender's e-mail address is
displayed, over several lines if necessary
(maximum 60 characters).
Return to inbox: Back
Deleting an e-mail
¤ . . . Use to select Messaging OK eMail OK . . . Use to select
an e-mail in the incoming e-mail list Delete . . . The e-mail is deleted from the incoming
e-mail server
or
¤ Open message Options Delete OK Yes . . . The e-mail is deleted from the
incoming e-mail server
If the e-mail does not contain any standard text, the
message eMail can’t be displayed will briefly appear.
eMail
Subject:
Invitation
Text:
Hi Anna, I
passed my test!
Back Options
Example:
eMail
From:
Anna.Sand@mailp.com
Back Options
Example:
71
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Info_Center.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Info Centre
Info Centre
The Info Centre makes information from the Internet (e. g. messages or the weather forecast)
available for display on a Gigaset telephone. These info services are constantly updated.
A default selection has already been defined for the telephone.
Information on gigaset.net info services: www.gigaset.com/nextg/apps
Customising info services
Change the default setting for the Info Centre (standard profile) on the Gigaset.net website
www.gigaset.net:
• Via the Web configurator: Open the page Settings Info Services . . . Click on the link
gigaset.net/myaccount . . . You are automatically logged in with the username and password
that have been assigned to your phone by default.
or
• Via a computer web browser: Enter the address www.gigaset.net . . . Enter the user ID
and password on the Gigaset.net website. You can find both on the web configurator page
Settings Info Services.
The Gigaset.net website is displayed.
"Info Centre" tab
The page has an icon for every info service provided by Gigaset.net (e.g. weather, horoscope),
and an icon for personal applications that you wish to add to your Info Centre.
"Screensaver" tab
Info services for the screensaver Info Services
Activating/deactivating a service
An info service is offered in the Info Centre of the
registered handset if the relevant icon is orange and
the option at the top right of the icon is activated.
Activating/deactivating a service: Click option
( = activated)
Data protection notice
The inventory data corresponds to that of the VoIP service.
When you use the service for the first time, a standard profile is created with configuration data for the
device. You can then change and store the configuration data specific to your device, for example, the city
for the weather forecast or the date of birth for the biorhythm. You can delete this configuration data again
at any time.
The information services use the HTTP protocol.
Further information about the data stored in relation to the Gigaset.net service:
www.gigaset.net/privacy-policy
Example:
active inactive
72
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Info Centre
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Info_Center.fm / 7/24/15
Customising info services
Customising information for an info service:
¤ Click the icon that belongs to an info service (e. g. weather) . . . This will open another web
page to customise the RSS feeds.
The web pages for the individual info services describe which settings can be made.
Example "Weather information"
¤ Click on the weather information icon . . . A web page for configuring the weather
information for the Info Centre is opened
The world weather is already set. In addition, you can select up to nine further cities (worldwide).
¤ Enter the name of thedesired city Click on the magnifying glass icon . . . The cities that
start with the specified name are listed Click the list Select the desired city
¤ Add Info Centre location: Right-click the arrow icon . . . The web page lists all the
locations for which the Info Centre provides weather information.
¤ Remove city from the list: Click on the icon behind the city name
Starting Info Centre, selecting info services
¤ . . . Use to select Additional Features Info Centre OK . . . A list of
available info services is displayed . . . Use to select info service OK
To access certain info services (personalised services), you have to log in with a user name and
password.
Messages when loading requested information
The information is loaded from the Internet. If the information for an info service cannot be
displayed, one of the following messages appears:
Requested page can’t be reached.
• Time limit exceeded (timeout) when loading the information or Internet server for the info
services cannot be accessed. Check Internet connection and try again later.
Configuring weather information on handset:
¤ . . . Use to select Additional Features Info Centre
Weather OK Add location OK . . . Use to enter location name
OK . . . A list of locations with the specified name is displayed Select
location OK Save
73
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Info_Center.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Info Centre
Coding error on requested page
• The content of the requested info service is coded in a format that the handset cannot
display.
Can’t display requested page
• General error when loading the info service.
Login failed.
• Registration data has not been correctly entered. Reselect the info service and repeat the
login process. Please remember that data is case sensitive.
• You are not authorised to access this info service.
Logging in for personalised info services
If a special login process with user name and password is required to access an info service:
¤ . . . Use to enter Authent. Name Save . . . Use to enter Password Save . . . If
login was successful, the requested info service is displayed
If login failed, a message to this effect is displayed Messages when loading requested
information, p. 72.
Operating Info Centre
Depending on the requested info service:
• Scroll through an info service: Press the control key
• Return to the previous page: Press the left display key.
• Return to the Info Centre menu: Briefly press the End call key .
• Go offline: Press and hold the End call key . . . The handset returns to idle status
• Enter text: . . . Use to select a line . . . Thecursor flashes in the text field . . . Use to
enter text . . . Close the entries using the right display key . . . The data is sent
• Make a selection: . . . Use to select a line in which a selection is possible . . . Use
to make a selection . . . Complete the selection using the left display key . . . The data
is sent
• Set option: . . . use to select a line that offers the options . . . The line is marked . . . then
Pay attention when entering registration data, as it is case sensitive.
Activate/deactivate option:
¤ or press the left display key (e.g. OK)
Complete entry: ¤ Press the left display key . . . The data is sent
74
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Info Centre
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Info_Center.fm / 7/24/15
Hyperlink to further information
A hyperlink to further information is displayed by the icon.
If a page with hyperlinks is opened, the first hyperlink is highlighted.
¤ Use to select another hyperlink if required Link . . . The corresponding page is opened
Hyperlink to a phone number
A hyperlink to a phone number offers the Call function on the right display key.
Select the phone number (Click-2-Call): Call . . . The number is dialled directly depending on
the provider or it appears first in the display Confirm using Yes if necessary
Copy an entry to the local directory: . . . Use to select hyperlink
Accessing info services using quick dial
Every info service available on Gigaset.net is assigned a quick dial. Examples:
The list of info services is one example. Each info service is provider-dependent.
The numbers 11 to 98 are reserved for info services/applications that are provided via
Gigaset.net.
Open up a service: . . . Use to enter the quick dial for a service Press the Talk key
. . . The Info Centre page with this service/this application is loaded and displayed
Info service Quick dial Info service Quick dial
News 1#92 Horoscope 7#92
Weather 2#92 Biorhythm 8#92
My eBay 3#92 My Friends 9#92
Encyclopaedia 4#92 My Applications
(personal info services/applications
that you have defined)
99#92
Translator 5#92
Unit Converter 6#92
Open up an info service using digit key: Enter the quick dial for an info service in the
directory Assign directory entry to a digit key on the handset Press and hold the
digit key
75
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Info_Center.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Info Centre
Displaying information from the Internet as a screensaver
Info services appear on the display approximately ten seconds after the handset returns to idle
status. Depending on the information feed selected, a display key appears on the right of the
screensaver.
To open further information: Press the right display key.
To revert to idle status: Press and hold the End call key
Selecting information for the screensaver
The default setting for the screensaver Info Services is the weather forecast.
Changing default setting:
• On the PC using your account on the Gigaset.net server ( p. 71)
• On the handset using the Info Centre
¤ . . . Use to select Additional Features Info Centre
Screensaver OK . . . Use to select the info service OK Enter additional
settings for the selected info service if required Save
The Info Services screensaver is activated on the handset.
The info services display is activated via the Web configurator.
76
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Multiple handsets
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / extending.fm / 7/24/15
Expanding the functionality of the telephone
Multiple handsets
Up to six handsets can be registered to the base station.
Each registered device is assigned an internal number (1-6) and an internal name (INT 1 – INT 6).
The number or name assigned can be changed.
If all internal numbers have already been assigned at the base station: de-register a handset
that is no longer needed
Registering the handset
A handset can be registered on up to four base stations.
On the base station
¤ Press and hold the Registration/Paging key on the base station (approx. 3 secs).
On the handset
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Registration OK Register
Handset OK . . . use to select the base station (if the handset has already been
registered to four base stations) OK . . . an available base station is sought . . . Enter
system PIN (default setting: 0000) OK
Once registration is complete, the handset returns to idle status. The internal number of the
handset appears in the display, e.g. INT 1. If not, repeat the procedure.
When a Gigaset handset is registered, the base station transfers entries for the
following online directories to the local directory on the handset to enable the online
directories to be used on the new handset as well.
• The currently set online directory with a provider-specific name (e.g. kT Phone-
book).
• The currently set classified directory with a provider-specific name (e.g. kT
Y.Pages).
• The Gigaset.net directory with the name Gigaset.net.
Successful registration is acknowledged with the message Data Transfer x entries
received.
Registration must be initiated on the base station and on the handset.
Both must be carried out within 60 secs.
77
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / extending.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Multiple handsets
Registering a handset to multiple base stations
Your handset can be registered to up to four base stations. The active base station is the base
station to which the handset was last registered. The other base stations remain saved in the list
of available base stations.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Registration OK Select Base
OK . . . possible options:
De-registering the handset
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Registration OK De-register
Handset OK . . . the handset being used is selected . . . use to select a different
handset if desired OK . . . enter system PIN if desired OK . . . Confirm de-registration
with Yes
If the handset is still registered to other bases, it switches to the base with the best reception
(Best Base).
Maximum possible number of handsets registered to the base station (all internal
numbers assigned): The handset with the highest internal number is replaced by the
new one. If this is not possible, because a conversation is being held on this handset,
for example, the message No available internal number is given. De-register a
handset that is no longer required and repeat the registration procedure.
All base station connections are assigned to a handset as receive connections as soon
as registration is complete. The fixed line connection is assigned as the send
connection. Change assignment p. 95.
Change active base station:
¤ . . . use or Best Base to select base station Select
( = select)
Best Base: The handset chooses the base station with the best
reception as soon as it loses connection to the current base station.
Change name of a base station:
¤ . . . use to select a base station Select ( = selected)
Name change name Save
78
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Multiple handsets
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / extending.fm / 7/24/15
Locating a handset (Paging), finding the telephone's IP address
¤ Briefly press the Registration/paging key on the base station.
All handsets will ring at the same time ("paging"), even if ringtones
are switched off. Exception: handsets on which the baby monitor is
activated.
The current (local) IP address for the base station appears in the
handset displays.
Ending the search
¤ Briefly press the registration/paging key on the base station
or Press the End call key on the handset
or Press the display key Silence on the handset
or No action. After approx. 30 seconds, the paging call will end automatically.
Changing the handset name and internal number
When registering multiple handsets, they will automatically be assigned the names "INT 1", "INT
2" etc. Each handset will automatically be assigned the lowest unassigned internal number. The
internal number is shown as the name of the handset on the display e.g. INT 2. You can change
the names and the numbers of handsets. The name must not exceed 10 characters in length.
¤ . . . the list of handsets is opened, the current handset is highlighted with < . . . use
to select a handset . . . possible options:
Edit name: ¤ Options Rename OK . . . use to delete the current
name . . . use to enter a new name OK
Edit number: ¤ Options Edit Handset No. OK . . . use to select a
number Save
Paging
IP: 192.168.1.2
Silence
79
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / extending.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Repeater
Repeater
A repeater increases the receiving range between the Gigaset handset and the base station.
The registration procedure for a repeater depends on the version of the repeater being used.
• Repeater without encryption, e.g. Gigaset repeater prior to Version 2.0
• Repeater with encryption, e.g. Gigaset repeater later than Version 2.0
Further information about the Gigaset repeater can be found in the repeater user guide and at
www.gigaset.com/gigasetrepeater.
Repeater without encryption
Activate Maximum Range/deactivate No Radiation
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK ECO DECT OK Maximum
Range Change ( = on) No Radiation Change ( = off)
Deactivate encryption
¤ use to select Settings OK System OK Encryption
Change ( = deactivated)
Registering a repeater
¤ Connect the repeater to the mains power supply Press and hold the Registration/paging
key on the telephone base station (min. 3 secs) . . . the repeater is automatically registered
It is possible to register more than one Gigaset repeater.
Repeater with encryption
Registering a repeater
¤ Connect the repeater to the mains power supply Press and hold the Registration/paging
key on the telephone base station (min. 3 secs) . . . the repeater is automatically registered
Up to 2 repeaters may be registered.
The ECO DECT function Maximum Range is activated and the No Radiation function is
deactivated. The settings cannot be changed whilst the repeater is registered.
As soon as a repeater is registered, it will appear in the repeater list under
Settings System Repeater
De-registering a repeater
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System OK Repeater
OK . . . use to select repeater De-reg. Yes
Encryption is activated (default setting).
80
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Operation with a PABX
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / extending.fm / 7/24/15
Operation with a PABX
To find out which settings are required for a PABX, please refer to the PABX user guide.
You cannot send or receive SMS messages on PABXs that do not support Calling Line
Identification.
Setting Tone or Pulse dialling mode
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Dialling
Mode OK . . . use to select Tone or Pulse Select ( = selected)
Setting the flash time
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Recall OK
. . . possible flash times are listed . . . use to select flash time Select ( = selected)
Saving an access code (outside line code)
Setting the access code (e.g. "0") for dialling using the fixed line network and using VoIP.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Access
Code OK . . . then
Fixed line network: ¤ Access external line with: . . . use to enter or change access
code, max. 3 digits
VoIP: ¤ Access external line with: . . . use to enter or change
access code, max. 4 digits.
Rule: ¤ For . . . use to select when the access code should be
dialled
Call Lists: The access code will only prefix numbers from a list (list
of answered calls, list of missed calls, SMS list, answer machine list).
All calls: The access code prefixes all numbers dialled.
Off: The access code is deactivated and does not prefix any
telephone number.
Save: ¤ Save
The access code never prefixes any emergency numbers or SMS service centre
numbers.
The access code never prefixes any SMS service centre numbers.
81
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / extending.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Operation with a PABX
Setting pauses
¤ . . . then
To enter dialling pause when dialling:
¤ Press and hold the hash key . . . a P appears in the display.
Switching temporarily to tone dialling (Tone)
After dialling the external number or after establishing the connection:
¤ Press the Star key briefly.
After the call ends, pulse dialling is automatically reactivated.
Pause after line seizure: 1 sec
3 secs
7 secs
¤ OK
¤ OK
¤ OK
Pause after Recall key: 800 ms
1600 ms
3200 ms
¤ OK
¤ OK
¤ OK
Dialling pause (pause after access code): 1 sec
2 secs
3 secs
6 secs
¤ OK
¤ OK
¤ OK
¤ OK
82
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Handset
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15
Adjusting the telephone settings
Handset
Changing the language
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Language OK . . . use to
select language Select ( = selected)
If the handset has been set to an incomprehensible language:
¤ Press the keys slowly one after the other . . . use to select the correct
language press the right display key
Display and keypad
Screensaver
A digital or analogue clock, info services and a range of pictures can be selected to be displayed
as a screensaver when in idle status.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Display OK Screensaver
Edit ( = on) . . . then
The screensaver is activated approx. 10 seconds after the display has changed to idle status.
End screensaver
¤ Briefly press the End call key . . . idle status is displayed
Notes on displaying Info Services
Switch on/off: ¤ Activation: . . . use to select On or Off
Select screensaver:
¤ Selection . . . use to select a screensaver (Digital Clock
/ Analog Clock / Info Services / <Pictures>)
View screensaver: ¤ View
Save selection: ¤ Save
• Info Services are activated via the web configurator.
• The telephone is connected to the Internet.
The type of info service available to your phone is set on the Internet on the
Gigaset.net server. Changing the setting p. 71.
If no information is currently available, the digital time (Digital Clock) is displayed
instead until information is available again.
83
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Handset
Switching the information ticker on/off
The text information from the Internet that is set for the screensaver Info Services can be
displayed as a scrolling message in idle status.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Display OK
Info Ticker Edit ( = on)
The ticker starts as soon as the telephone changes to idle status. If a message is shown in idle
status, the information ticker is not displayed.
Colour scheme
The display may appear in a range of colour combinations.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Display OK Colour
Schemes OK . . . use to select the desired colour scheme Select ( = selected)
Display backlight
The display backlight always illuminates when the handset is taken out of the base station/
charging cradle or when a key is pressed. Any digit keys that are pressed appear on the display
for pre-dialling.
Switch the display backlight on/off when in idle status:
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Display OK Backlight
OK . . . then
Activating/deactivating Auto Answer
When set to Auto Answer, the handset accepts an incoming call as soon as it is removed from the
charging cradle.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Auto Answer
Change ( = on)
Regardless of the Auto Answer setting, the connection ends as soon as you place the handset
back in the charging cradle.
Backlight when in the charging cradle:
¤ In Charger: . . . use to select On or Off
Backlight when not in the charging cradle:
¤ Out of Charger . . . use to select On or Off
Save selection: ¤ Save
The handset's standby time may be significantly reduced if the display backlight is
switched on.
84
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Handset
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15
Changing the earpiece and handsfree volume
You can set the volume of the earpiece and speaker at 5 levels independently of each other.
During a conversation
¤ Handset Volume . . . use to select volume Save . . . the setting is saved
In idle status
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK Handset
Volume OK . . . then
Handset profile
Select a profile in order to adapt the telephone as much as possible to the surroundings. Check
which is the most comfortable profile for you.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK
Earpiece Profiles OK . . . use to select profile High or Low (default setting)
Select ( = selected)
Ringtones
Ringtone volume
Volume can be set at 5 levels or crescendo (increasing volume).
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio
Settings OK Ringtones (Handset) OK
Volume OK . . . use to select For internal calls and
alarms or External Calls . . . use to set volume Save
Without saving, the setting is automatically saved after around 3 seconds.
For the earpiece: ¤ Earpiece: . . . use to set the volume
For the speaker: ¤ Speaker . . . use to set the volume
Save settings: ¤ Save
Volume
For internal calls
and alarms:
< >
External Calls:
Back Save
Example
85
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Handset
Ringtone melody
Set a variety of ringtones for internal and external calls to every receive connection available on
the telephone (Landline, IP1, Gigaset.net) or set the same ringtone for All calls.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK
Ringtones (Handset) OK Melodies OK . . . use to select the
connection . . . use to select the ringtone/melody in each case Save
Switching the ringtone on/off
Switching the ringtone off permanently
¤ Press and hold the key . . . appears in the status bar
Switching the ringtone on permanently
¤ Press and hold the key
Switching the ringtone off for the current call
¤ Silence or press the End call key
Switching the alert tone (beep) on/off
Switch on an alert tone (beep) instead of the ringtone:
¤ Press and hold the star key press Beep within 3 seconds . . . appears in the status
bar
Switching off the alert tone: Press and hold the star key
Switching advisory tones on/off
The handset notifies acoustically about different activities and statuses. These advisory tones
can be switched on/off independently of each other.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK Advisory
Tones OK . . . then
Tone when keys are pressed:
¤ Key Tones: . . . use to select On or Off
Confirmation/error tone after making entries, advisory tone when a new message has been
received:
¤ Confirmation . . . use to select On or Off
Warning tone when there are fewer than 10 minutes of talktime remaining
(every 60 seconds):
¤ Battery . . . use to select On or Off
Save settings: ¤ Save
There is no battery warning when the baby monitor is switched on.
86
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Handset
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15
Fast access to numbers and functions
Number keys: It is possible to assign a number from the directory to the keys and
to .
Display keys: The left and right display keys have a function preset by default, but the keys can
be re-assigned.
You can then dial the number or start the function by simply pressing a key.
Assigning a number to digit keys (quick dial)
¤ Press and hold the digit key
or
¤ Briefly press the digit key Press the display key QuickDial
The directory opens.
¤ . . . use to select an entry OK . . . use to select a number if necessary OK . . .
the entry is saved to the digit key
Dialling a number
¤ Press and hold the digit key . . . the number is dialled immediately
or
¤ Briefly press the digit key . . . the number/name (possibly in abbreviated form) is shown on
the left display key . . . press the display key . . . the number is dialled
Changing the digit key assignment
¤ Briefly press the digit key Change . . . the directory is opened . . . possible options:
You must assign a number to the digit key.
If the entry in the directory is deleted later, this will not affect the assignment of the
digit key.
Change the assignment:
¤ . . . use to select an entry OK . . . select a number if
required OK
Delete the assignment:
¤ Clear Key
87
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Handset
Assigning display keys, changing assignments
¤ Press and hold the left or right display key in idle status . . . the list of possible key
assignments is opened . . . use to select function OK . . . possible options:
Starting a function
With the telephone in idle status: Briefly press . . . the assigned function is executed
Changing the handset PIN
The handset is protected against unauthorised use by a PIN. The handset PIN must be entered
e. g. when switching off the keypad lock.
Change the handset's 4-digit PIN (default setting: 0000):
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System OK Handset PIN
OK . . . use to enter the current PIN OK . . . use to enter the new handset PIN
OK
Baby Monitor Set and activate/deactivate baby monitor
Alarm Clock Set and activate/deactivate the alarm clock
Calendar Open calendar
One Touch Call Set up one touch call
Redial Show redial list
eMail Open the e-mail submenu for receiving and reading e-mail
notifications
More Functions... ¤ OK . . . use to select other function
Send Connections Set send connection for the next call
Line Selection Open the connection selection menu
Call Lists Show call list
Withhold Number Withhold phone number identification for next call
Call Divert Activate/deactivate Call Divert
eMail Open the e-mail submenu for receiving and reading e-mail
notifications
Info Centre Start the Info Centre and open the list of available Info Services –
go online.
Net Directories Display the list of network directories
88
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Handset
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15
Resetting the handset to the default settings
Reset any individual settings and changes that you have made.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System OK Handset
Reset OK Yes . . . the handset's settings are reset
The following settings are not affected by a reset
• Registration of the handset to the base station
• Date and time
• Directory entries and call lists
• SMS lists
89
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_BS.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
System
System
The following can be set via the menu on a registered handset or using the telephone's web
configurator.
Setting the date and time manually
To ensure you have the correct time for incoming calls and to use the alarm clock and calendar,
for example, the date and time must be set.
If the date and time have not yet been set on the handset, the display key Time appears.
¤ Press the display key Time
or
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Date/Time OK . . . then
Own area code
Your area code (international and local area code) must be saved
on the phone before you can transfer phone numbers (e.g. in
vCards).
Some of these numbers are already preset.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK
Telephony OK Area Codes OK Check
(pre-)set area code
Edit the number:
¤ . . . use to select/switch entry field . . . use to
changeentry position . . . delete digit ifdesired . . .
use to enter digit Save
The address of a time server on the Internet is stored on your phone. The date and time
are taken from this time server provided that the phone is connected to the Internet
and synchronisation with the time server is activated. Manual settings are overwritten
in this case.
Set the date: ¤ Date: . . . use to enter the day, month and year in 8-digit format
e.g. for 14/01/2015
Set the time: ¤ Time . . . use to enter hours and minutes in 4-digit
format
e.g. for 07:15
Save settings: ¤ Save
Area Codes
International code:
00 - 49
Local area code:
0 - [8 ]
Save
Example
90
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
System
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_BS.fm / 7/24/15
Activating/deactivating music on hold
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK Musicon
hold Change ( = on)
Setting the IP address of the base station in LAN
An IP address is required in order for the LAN to "recognise" your phone. The IP address can be
assigned to the phone automatically (by the router) or manually.
• If the address is assigned dynamically the router's DHCP server automatically assigns an IP
address to the phone. The IP address can be changed according to router settings.
• In the case of manual/static assignment, you assign a static IP address to the phone. This may
be necessary depending on your network configuration (e.g. if your phone is connected
directly to a PC).
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System OK Local
Network OK . . . use to enter the system PIN (if the system PIN differs from 0000)
OK . . . then
Your base station is connected to a router or a PC.
To assign the IP address dynamically, the DHCP server on the router must be activated.
Please also read the user guide for your router.
Address type: ¤ IP Address Type: . . . use to select Static or Dynamic
With IP Address Type Dynamic: The following fields show the
current settings that the phone obtained from the router. These
settings cannot be changed.
With IP Address Type Static: Enter settings for the following
fields.
IP address: ¤ IP Address . . . use to enter the IP address (overwrite
current setting) default setting: 192.168.1.2.
Subnet mask: ¤ Subnet Mask . . . use to enter the subnet mask (over-
write current setting) default setting: 255.255.255.0.
Standard-Gateway: ¤ Default Gateway . . . use to enter the IP address of the
standard gateway
The local network is connected to the Internet via the standard
gateway. This is generally your router.
Default setting: 192.168.1.1.
91
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_BS.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
System
Updating the phone firmware
If necessary, you can update your phone's firmware.
The firmware update is downloaded directly from the Internet by default. The relevant web page
is preconfigured in your phone.
Starting the firmware update manually
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System Update Firmware
OK . . . use to enter the system PIN OK . . . the telephone establishes an Internet
connection to the configuration server Yes
Updating firmware automatically
The phone will check daily whether a newer firmware version is available on the Internet
configuration server. If so, the message New firmware available is displayed on the handset.
¤ Confirm prompt with Yes . . . the firmware is downloaded to the telephone
DNS-Server: ¤ DNS Server . . . use to enter the IP address of the
preferred DNS server
The DNS server (Domain Name System) converts the symbolic
name of a server (DNS name) into the public IP address for the
server when the connection is made. You can specify your router's
IP address here. The router forwards phone address requests to its
DNS server.
Default setting: 192.168.1.1
Save: ¤ Save
It is also possible to make the settings via the Web configurator.
Display current IP address: Press the Paging key on the base station
The phone is connected to the Internet (i.e. connected to a router).
The phone is in idle status i.e. no calls are being made, there is no internal connection
between the registered handsets, the base station menu is not open on any of the
handsets.
The firmware update can take up to 6 minutes, depending on the quality of your DSL
connection.
When updating from the Internet, checks are made to ensure that no newer version of
the firmware exists. If this is not the case, the operation is terminated and a message is
issued to that effect.
If the telephone is not connected to the Internet at the time when the check for new
firmware is due to be performed (e.g. because the router is deactivated), the check is
performed as soon as the phone is reconnected to the Internet.
You can deactivate the automatic version check via the Web configurator.
92
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
System
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_BS.fm / 7/24/15
Checking the base station's MAC address
Depending on the network configuration, you may require the MAC address of the base station,
e.g. in order to enter it in the router's access control list.
Check the MAC address on the handset: . . . the
MAC address is displayed
Return to idle status: Back
Changing the system PIN
Secure the telephone's system settings with a system PIN. You have to enter the system PIN
when you register or de-register a handset, change local network settings, perform a firmware
update or reset the phone to default settings.
For the purpose of remotely operating the answer machine ( p. 47) the system PIN must be
something other than 0000.
Change the telephone's 4-digit system PIN (default setting: 0000):
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System OK System PIN
OK . . . use to enter the current PIN (if other than 0000) OK . . . use to enter
new system PIN Save
Resetting system PIN
Resetting the base station to the original PIN 0000:
¤ Unplug the network cable from the base station Press and hold the Registration/Paging
key on the base station At the same time reconnect the network cable to the base
station Press and hold the key for at least 5 secs . . . the base station is reset and the system
PIN is set to 0000
Restarting the base station
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Base Restart OK . . . the base
station is restarted, the connection to the handset is briefly interrupted
All handsets are de-registered and must be re-registered. All settings are returned to
default settings.
93
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_BS.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
System
Restoring the phone to default settings
When the settings are reset
• the date and time are retained,
• handsets are still registered,
• the system PIN is retained,
• Maximum Range is activated and No Radiation is deactivated.
¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System OK Base Reset
OK . . . use to enter system PIN OK Yes . . . the base station is restarted. The restart
takes around 10 seconds.
94
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Internet telephony (VoIP)
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_VoIP.fm / 7/24/15
Internet telephony (VoIP)
Setting up an IP account
To make calls over the Internet, you need an IP account from a provider. You can configure up to
six IP accounts.
To set up an IP account, you will need access data from your provider.
Enter access data on the phone:
• Using the VoIP wizard for initial installation ( see Set-up)
or
• Using the web configurator on a PC/tablet:
¤ Quick Start Wizard ( see Web configurator)
Setting up further IP accounts
• Using the web configurator on a PC/tablet:
Page Settings Telephony Connections ( see Web configurator)
or
• Using the VoIP wizard on the handset:
¤ . . . Use to select Settings OK Telephony OK VoIP Wiz-
ard
The process is the same as for the installation wizard ( see Set-up).
Gigaset.net
Gigaset.net is a VoIP service offered by Gigaset Communications GmbH. All users of a Gigaset
VoIP device can make calls over the Internet directly and free of charge to other Gigaset.net
users – without setting up an account with a phone provider (provider) and without making any
further settings. Connections to/from other networks are not possible.
Gigaset.net is a voluntary service provided by Gigaset Communications GmbH
without guarantee or liability for the availability of the network and service provision.
If you do not use your Gigaset.net connection for six months, it is automatically
disabled.
Re-activating your connection:
¤ Start search in Gigaset.net directory
¤ Make a call via Gigaset.net (dial a number with #9 at the end)
¤ Activate the connection via the web configurator.
95
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_VoIP.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Internet telephony (VoIP)
Register with Gigaset.net
Every Gigaset IP device is assigned a Gigaset.net phone number by default. When you open the
Gigaset.net directory for the first time, you are asked to enter a name for your connection.
¤ Press and hold . . . the list of online directories is
opened Gigaset.net OK . . . the Gigaset.net directory
is opened . . . use to enter nickname
(max. 25 characters) Save . . . the name is assigned to the
phone number and recorded in the Gigaset.net directory
Assign send and receive connections
If multiple connections are configured for the phone (fixed line network, Gigaset.net and IP), you
must specify
• Which connection is used for an outgoing call (send connection)
• To which internal participant a call is to be diverted from a certain connection (receive
connection)
Internal participants are the registered handsets and the three base answer machines.
Each connection (number) of your phone can be both a send as well as a receive connection.
Multiple internal participants can be assigned to each connection as send and/or receive
connections. It may only be assigned to one answer machine as a receive connection.
Default assignment
• All configured connections are assigned to the handsets and answer machine 1 as receive
connections on delivery.
• The fixed line network connection is assigned to the handsets as a send connection. If you
have no fixed line network connection, no send connection is assigned.
You can also enter/change the Gigaset.net name via
the web configurator:
¤ Settings Telephony Connections
Data protection notice
The nickname is saved on a central Gigaset server. The nickname appears in the Gigaset.net directory and
other users of the Gigaset.net service can call you using this name.
By entering your information, you agree for this data to be saved.
If you do not wish this to happen, you can cancel the operation at this point:
• Cancel without leaving the Gigaset.net directory: Do not enter a name Save . . . You can use the
directory to search for other Gigaset.net participants and call them, but no nickname will be recorded.
• Leave Gigaset.net directory without search: Press and hold the End call key
Further information about the data stored in relation to the Gigaset.net service can be found at
www.gigaset.net/privacy-policy
Own Details
Your Gigaset.net
nickname:
Gi
abc
< C Save
96
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Internet telephony (VoIP)
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_VoIP.fm / 7/24/15
Change default assignment
• Using the installation wizard for initial installation ( see Set-up)
or
• Using the web configurator on a PC: Page Settings Telephony Number Assignment
( see Web configurator)
or
• Via the handset menu
¤ . . . Use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Send
Connections/Rec. Connections OK
The process is the same as for the installation wizard ( see Set-up).
Internet call settings in web configurator
• When making fixed line network calls, you must always dial the area code, even for local calls
(depending on your provider):
¤ Settings Management Local Settings activate Use Area Code Numbers for Calls
via VoIP option
• Establish a connection automatically via the fixed line network if a call attempt via an
IP connection fails:
¤ Settings Telephony Number Assignment . . . in Alternative Connection activate
the Automatic fallback to fixed line option if a fixed line connection is available
• Define a dialling plan:
¤ Settings Telephony Dialling Plans
If a dialling plan has been defined for the dialled number, then the connection specified in
the dialling plan will be used instead of the send connection. If the number is blocked by a
dialling plan, Not possible is displayed.
• Further settings: DTMF signalling, call transfer, assignment of the Recall key, communication
ports
¤ Settings Telephony Advanced VoIP Settings
Register with web configurator ( see Web configurator)
97
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Web configurator
You can use the web configurator to make settings for the phone on a PC or tablet.
• You can make settings that can also be made on your phone handset, e.g. set date and time
or perform a firmware update
• You can make additional settings that are not possible via the handset, meet particular
prerequisites for connecting the phone to a company network or adjust the voice quality on
IP connections
• You can save data on the base where this is required for access to certain Internet services,
e.g. public online directories, the incoming e-mail server for your e-mail account and the
synchronisation of the date/time with a time server
• You can connect the phone to the Gigaset cloud in order to receive call notifications on your
smartphone
• You can save data for your phone (base and handsets) in files on the PC and, in the event of
an error, you can download them onto your phone again.
See the online help for the web configurator for a detailed description of the web pages and the
required entries ( p. 98).
Start web configurator
Connecting to the web configurator
Establishing a connection via the phone's IP address
¤ Finding out the current IP address of the phone: Briefly press the registration/paging key
on the base . . . the IP address is displayed on the handset
¤ Start your web browser on the PC/tablet Enter IP-address of phone in the browser address
field (example: 192.168.2.2) . . . A connection is established to the phone's web configurator
Your phone is connected to the local network.
In most cases, this connection is established automatically as soon as the device is
connected to the network. If this is not the case, connect to the local network via the
handset ( p. 90).
You may not be able to change some settings in the web configurator, depending on
the provider.
The web configurator cannot be accessed by more than one user at any one time.
You can still make phone calls while working on the web configurator.
The IP address can sometimes change, depending on the settings of the DHCP server
in your network.
98
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15
Establishing a connection via the phone's domain name
¤ Start your web browser on the PC/tablet In the web browser address field, enter
http://www.gigaset-config.com
If you can contact multiple Gigaset devices via your Internet connection: Select device
Registering/de-registering with the web configurator
Registering, setting the interface language
Once you have successfully established the connection, the website Welcome is displayed in the
web browser.
¤ Select the desired language Enter PIN (default setting: 0000) OK
De-registering
¤ Click on Log off at the top right in the menu bar.
Help
¤ Click on the question mark on the top right of a web page . . . Online help opens in a
separate window
Searching in help: Click inside the Help window Press Ctrl and F. A search dialog opens.
PC/tablet and phone are connected to the Internet.
The connection between the PC and the web configurator is a local connection
(LAN connection). The Internet is only accessed to establish the connection.
For your security, you should change the default PIN ( p. 109).
Always end the web configurator with the command Log off. If the web browser is
closed without de-registering first, access to the web configurator may be blocked for
a few minutes.
The help pages are downloaded directly from the configuration server.
You may need to change your browser settings to display the help pages correctly.
Internet Explorer and Firefox require the following settings, for example:
¤ You must allow blocked active content for help (right-click the information bar at
the top of the browser window).
¤ Allow the pages to use their own fonts or set Arial as the standard font (general
option).
99
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Carry out initial configuration
A wizard is available for initial configuration when no VoIP connection (IP account) has been set
up. The wizard will help you configure an IP account.
The phone offers a range of provider profiles that make it easier to configure an IP account. Each
profile contains the most important configuration settings for the provider concerned.
¤ Home Quick Start Wizard Next
¤ Country Select from list Next
If the phone is connected to a PABX that provides IP accounts, you can select the PABX here.
¤ Provider Select from list Next
If the provider does not appear in the list: Select Other provider . . . You must now enter
the provider data yourself
For help, see page Settings Telephony Connections
¤ Enter the provider's access data Next . . . The phone is registered with the provider
¤ If the provider has a network mailbox: Enter the phone number . . . The mailbox will be
activated once you close the wizard
¤ If all outgoing calls from the registered handset are to be made via this VoIP connection as
standard: Mark Yes
Default setting: No . . . Outgoing calls are made via fixed line network connection
Detailed assignments for multiple handsets, multiple VoIP connections and incoming calls
Number Assignment ( p. 102)
¤ Finish . . . The connection is recorded in the phone connection list ( p. 101)
Change settings for this connection and/or set up further VoIP connections:
¤ Settings Telephony Connections ( p. 101).
100
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15
Network
IP Configuration
Connect phone to local network (LAN)/router.
¤ Settings Network IP Configuration
In most cases, special settings are not required to connect the phone to the router/a local
network. Your phone is preconfigured for dynamic assignment of the IP address by default
(DHCP). In order for your router to "recognise" the phone, dynamic IP address assignment must
also be activated on the router, i.e. the router's DHCP server must be activated.
If the DHCP server cannot or should not be activated, you must assign a fixed/static IP address
to the phone. A fixed IP address is useful, for example, if port forwarding or a DMZ is set up on
the router for the phone.
You can use the web configurator to make further settings that are required if you connect your
phone to a large (company-wide or organisation-wide) network, or if you want to manage the
phone remotely.
• VLAN identifier / VLAN priority Store for access to a tagged VLAN.
• Allow PCs outside your LAN to connect to the web configurator.
Security
The phone supports the establishment of secure data connections on the Internet with the TLS
security protocol (Transport Layer Security). With TLS, the client (the phone) uses certificates to
identify the server. These certificates must be stored on the base.
¤ Settings Network Security
On this page, you will find the Server certificates/ CA certificates lists with the certificates saved
on the base.
The Invalid certificates list contains the certificates received from servers that have not passed
the certificate check when establishing a connection, and certificates from the Server
certificates / CA certificates lists that have become invalid (e. g. because they have expired).
You can remove certificates and download new certificates to the base, and you can also accept
or reject invalid certificates.
If the connection toa data server on the Internet is not made because the phone does not accept
the certificate received from the server (e.g. when downloading your e-mail messages from the
POP3 server), you will be prompted to open the Security settings web page.
The Invalid certificates list contains the certificate used to make the connection. Click on
[Details] to display information about who issued the certificate (certification authority) and for
whom, as well as its validity period.
Authorising access from other networks increases the risk of unauthorised access. It
is therefore recommended that you disable remote access if you no longer require it.
The web configurator can only be accessed from other networks if your router passes
on the service requests from "outside" to port 80 (the default port) of the phone.
Make sure you read the user guide for your router.
101
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
If you accept the certificate, depending on its type, it is transferred to one of the Server
certificates / CA certificates lists (even if it has already expired). If a server responds again with
this certificate, this connection is accepted immediately.
If you decline the certificate, it is transferred to the Server certificates list with the label
(rejected). If a server responds again with this certificate, this connection is rejected
immediately.
Telephony
Connections to base
Manage connections to base:
¤ Settings Telephony Connections
This web page displays a list with all possible connections and their status (e.g. Connected,
Registered, Not configured):
Fixed line
You do not have to configure the fixed line network connection. You can make or receive calls
on the fixed line network connection once your phone is connected to the fixed line network
connection.
Making changes via [Edit]:
• Name of the fixed line network connection. The name entered is shown, e.g. for calls to your
fixed line network connection, in the displays of the registered handsets and in the call list.
• Setting Dialling Mode and Flash time. The flash time is set by default for operating the
phone on the main connection. You must change it if necessary if you connect the phone to
a PABX (see the user guide for your PABX).
Gigaset.net
The Gigaset.net connection is preconfigured in your phone. Your phone is preassigned a
Gigaset.net number. You can activate and deactivate the Gigaset.net connection. If the
connection is deactivated, the phone will not register with the Gigaset.net service. You are then
not available via the Gigaset.net connection.
Making changes via [Edit]:
• Name of Gigaset.net connection
• Deactivate STUN. The Gigaset.net connection uses a STUN server as standard. In the sent
data packets, Gigaset.net replaces the private IP address of your phone with its public
IP- address. If you operate your phone behind a router with symmetric NAT, STUN cannot be
used. You must deactivate it. Otherwise, when making Gigaset.net calls you will not be able
to hear the caller.
IP1 - IP6
You can assign up to six VoIP connections (VoIP phone numbers) to your phone. You need an IP
account from a provider for each VoIP phone number. Save the access data in your phone.
Set up/change VoIP connections via [Edit]
102
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15
Send and receive connections
For the number assignment, open the web page:
¤ Settings Telephony Number Assignment
Assign send and receive connections to the registered handsets and answer machine on the
base :
• The fixed line network connection is assigned to each handset automatically when they are
registered.
• You can assign each handset either a fixed phone number or a line selection. With line
selection, you choose the connection to be used for each call.
• The Gigaset.net number is assigned as the fixed send connection for each registered
handset. Numbers that end in #9 are automatically dialled via Gigaset.net.
• Once the new entry is made, each connection is assigned to integrated answer machine 1 as
a connection.
• Answer machines 2 and 3 are only activated if you have assigned each one at least one
connection. If an answer machine is not activated, it does not appear on the answer machine
list and you cannot activate it.
• Each connection can only be assigned to one answer machine.
Activating a fixed line network connection as a fallback send connection
You can activate the fixed line network connection on your phone as a fallback connection. If a
call attempt fails via VoIP (IP connection or Gigaset.net), an attempt is automatically made
(without prompting) to establish a connection via the fixed line network.
¤ . . . In Alternative Connection, activate the Automatic fallback to fixed line option
A fallback is used in the following situations:
• The IP connections are busy (you can make calls on a maximum of two IP lines at the same
time)
• The SIP server for the VoIP connection cannot be accessed
• The VoIP connection has not yet been configured or has not been configured correctly
(e.g. incorrect password)
• The phone does not have a connection to the Internet, e.g. because your router is
deactivated or not connected to the Internet.
SMS messages that are to be sent via a VoIP connection are not sent via the fallback connection.
You can avoid having to assign connections to certain phone numbers by using a
dialling plan for these phone numbers.
Deactivate option if you are not connected to a fixed line network (default setting).
Otherwise, you will be switched automatically to the fixed line network if no IP
connection can be established temporarily, e. g. if the phone starts faster than the
router. The phone would therefore not be functional.
103
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Voice quality for VoIP connections
Functions to improve the voice quality on VoIP connections (IP or Gigaset.net) are available on
the web page:
¤ Settings Telephony Audio
The voice quality for VoIP connections is mainly determined by the voice codec used for
transferring the data and the available bandwidth of your DSL connection.
In the case of the voice codec, the voice data is digitised (coded/decoded) and compressed. A
"better" codec (better voice quality) means more data needs to be transferred, i.e. it requires a
DSL connection with a larger bandwidth. You can change the voice quality by selecting (bearing
in mind the bandwidth of your DSL connection) the voice codecs your phone is to use, and
specifying the order in which the codecs are to be suggested when a VoIP connection is
established. Default settings for the codecs used are stored in your phone; one setting optimised
for low bandwidths and one for high bandwidths. The following voice codecs are supported:
G.722
Excellentvoicequality. Thebroadband voice codec G.722 works at the same bit rate as G.711
(64 kbit/s per speech connection) but with a higher sampling rate. You can use this to play
back higher frequencies. The speech tone is therefore clearer and better than with the other
codecs (High Definition Sound Performance).
G.711 a law / G.711 μ law
Excellent voicequality (comparable with ISDN).The required bandwidth is 64 kbit/s per voice
connection.
G.726
Good voice quality (inferior to that with G.711 but better than with G.729). Your phone
supports G.726 with a transmission rate of 32 kbit/s per voice connection.
G.729
Average voice quality. The necessary bandwidth is less than or equal to 8 kbit/s per voice
connection.
To save additional bandwidth and transmission capacity on VoIP connections that use the
G.729 codec you can suppress the transmission of voice packets in pauses ("silence
suppression"). Instead of the background noises in your environment, your caller then hears
a synthetic noise generated in the receiver (option: Enable Annex B for codec G.729).
Network mailbox
If the provider (fixed line network and/or Internet telephony) has a network mailbox, this is
displayed on the following web page:
¤ Settings Telephony Network mailboxes
You can enter the phone numbers for the network mailbox here and switch the network mailbox
for the configured VoIP connections on and off.
104
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15
User-defined dialling plans
You can define your own dialling plans on the web page:
¤ Settings Telephony Dialling Plans
You can specify the following dialling plans:
• Specify a connection for phone numbers (Fixed line, Gigaset.net or IP1 - IP6), which should
always be used to dial these phone numbers and therefore also for billing.
If you enter just a few digits (e.g. local area, national or mobile network code) any call to a
number beginning with these digits will be made via the selected connection.
• If you block phone numbers, your phone will not establish a connection to these numbers
(e.g. 0190 or 0900 numbers).
These dialling plans apply to all registered handsets. The send connection settings are inactive
when you dial numbers that are governed by a dialling plan.
You can activate and deactivate the dialling plans as required.
Emergency numbers
Dialling plans for emergency numbers (e.g. the local police emergency number) are preset for
certain countries. The fixed line network is set as the Connection.
You should only change these dialling plans if the phone is not connected to the fixed line
network. If you choose an IP connection, please make sure the provider supports calls to
emergency numbers. If the VoIP connection is deleted from the configuration, the emergency
call can no longer be made.
If no emergency numbers are set by default, you should define dialling plans for emergency
numbers yourself and assign them to a connection that you know supports emergency calls.
Access codes – dialling plans when connecting to a PABX
If your phone is connected to a PABX, you may have to enter an access code for external calls
(outside line code, e.g. "0").
Save one access code each for fixed line network and VoIP calls and specify when the phone
numbers should be automatically prefixed with the digits.
These settings are available in the Access Code area on the web page:
¤ Settings Telephony Dialling Plans
Local area codes – dialling plans for local calls using VoIP
If you use VoIP to make a call to the fixed line network, you may also have to dial the area code
for local calls (depending on the provider). You can avoid having to enter your own local area
code by entering the full area code (with the international code) for the location where you are
using the phone in the phone configuration and activating the Predial area code for local calls
via VoIP option.
These settings are available in the Area Codes area on the web page:
¤ Settings Management Local Settings
Dialling plans, with the exception of a block, are not effective if you have assigned the
line selection to a display key on the handset and you explicitly choose a send
connection from the list of available connections before dialling.
105
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Special settings for Internet telephony
Activating Call Forwarding for VoIP connections
The settings for Call Forwarding are on the web page:
¤ Settings Telephony Call Divert
You can divert calls to your VoIP connections and to your Gigaset.net number.
You can divert calls to your VoIP connections to any external number (VoIP, fixed line network or
mobile number). Call Forwarding takes place via VoIP.
You can divert calls to your Gigaset.net number within the Gigaset.net, i.e. to another
Gigaset.net number.
Setting DTMF signalling for VoIP
You can change the settings for DTMF signalling in the DTMF over VoIP Connections area on the
web page:
¤ Settings Telephony Advanced VoIP Settings
DTMF signalling is required, for example, for querying and controlling certain network
mailboxes via digit codes or for remote operation of a local answer machine.
To send DTMF signals via VoIP you must first define how key codes should be converted into and
sent as DTMF signals: as audible information via the speech channel or as an "SIP Info" message.
Ask your provider which type of DTMF transmission it supports.
You can configure your phone in such a way that it attempts with each call to set the most
suitable DTMF signalling for the current codec (Automatic).
Or you can explicitly define the type of DTMF signalling:
• Audio or RFC 2833, if DTMF signals are to be transmitted acoustically (in voice packets).
• SIP info, if DTMF signals are to be transmitted as code.
Configuring call transfer via VoIP
You can change the settings for call transfer in the Call Transfer area on the web page:
¤ Settings Telephony Advanced VoIP Settings
You can transfer an external call to a VoIP connection to a second external participant by
pressing the Recall key (depending on the provider).
Add/change settings for call transfer:
• Activate call transfer by ending the call. The two external participants will be connected
when you press the End call key .
• Activate direct call transfer. The call can be transferred before the second participant has
answered.
• Press the Recall key to deactivate call transfer if you want to assign a different feature to the
Recall key ( "Defining Recall key functions for VoIP (hook flash)").
DTMF signals cannot be transmitted in the audio path (Audio) on broadband
connections (the G.722 codec is used).
106
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15
Defining Recall key functions for VoIP (hook flash)
You can specify the function for the Recall key on the web page:
¤ Settings Telephony Advanced VoIP Settings
Your provider may support special performance features. To make use of these features, your
phone needs to send a specific signal (data packet) to the SIP server. You can assign this "signal"
as the Recall function to the Recall key on the handsets. Prerequisite: The Recall key is not used
for call transfer (default setting).
If you press this key during a VoIP call, the signal is sent. This requires that DTMF signalling via
SIP info messages is activated on the phone (see above).
Defining local communication ports for VoIP
The settings for the communication ports are on the web page:
¤ Settings Telephony Advanced VoIP Settings
The following communication ports are used for Internet telephony:
• SIP port: The communication port via which the phone receives (SIP) signalling data. The
default standard port number is set to 5060 for SIP signalling.
• RTP port: Two consecutive RTP ports (consecutive port numbers) are required for each VoIP
connection. Voice data is received via one port and control data via the other. The default
standard port number is set to 5004 - 5020.
This setting only has to be changed if the port numbers are already being used by other
participants in the LAN. You can then specify other fixed port numbers or port number ranges
for the SIP and RTP port.
If several VoIP phones are operated on the same router with NAT, it makes sense to use randomly
selected ports. The phones must then use different ports so that the router's NAT is only able to
forward incoming calls and voice data to one (the intended) phone. Use the web configurator to
specify a port number range for the SIP and RTP port that the ports are chosen from.
Messaging
E-mail notifications
Save the address of the incoming e-mail server and personal access data for your mailbox in the
base. Specify the time interval at which the phone should check whether the incoming e-mail
server has received new e-mail messages. Specify whether authentication on the incoming
e-mail server should be carried out via a secure connection.
¤ Settings Messaging Email
Message Notification
The LED in the message key on the base connected with the handset indicates when a new
message, e. g. a new e-mail, has been received. You can specify for each individual handset what
kind of new message should be displayed.
¤ Settings Messaging Message Notification
107
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Call notifications on mobile devices
To receive notifications about newly received calls/messages on your phone on a mobile device
(e. g. your smartphone), you need to register the phone with Gigaset elements.
The registration must be carried out on both the phone and the mobile device:
On the phone's web configurator:
¤ Settings Messaging Call Notification Click on Register now . . . An activation code
is displayed
On mobile device:
¤ Open Gigaset elements System overview Add + Tap on GO-Box Enter activa-
tion code from the web configurator Next . . . The mobile device is now ready to display
incoming calls/messages on your phone
On the phone's web configurator:
If registration was successful, Registered at Gigaset elements will be displayed. The available
phone connections are listed.
¤ Mark the connections for which you want to receive notifications on your mobile device
Set
Info Services
Customise personal services on the Gigaset.net server for the Info Center and screensaver Info
Services. Activate info services for handsets.
¤ Settings Info Services
On this page, you will be able to access the Gigaset.net server and view your personal access
data.
Directories
Online Directory
Select provider for online directory. You can set the Display of caller’s name option, depending
on the provider selected. This means that the name of the caller is read from the online directory
for incoming calls and shown on the display (where the handset's local directory does not
contain an entry for the caller's number).
¤ Settings Directories Online Directory
You have a mobile device with an iOS or Android operating system.
The Gigaset elements app has been installed on the mobile device.
If answer machines have been assigned to the connections ( p. 102), you will also
receive notifications for newly received messages on these answer machines to your
smartphone.
Further information about Gigaset GO can be found at www.gigaset.com/go
108
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15
Directory Transfer
Deleting handset directories and downloading to/from the PC.
¤ Settings Directory Transfer
• Save directories on a PC. Entries are stored in vCard format in a vcf file on the PC. You can
download these files onto every registered handset. You can also copy directory entries to
your PC address book.
• Copy contact details from your PC address book to handset directories. Export contacts in vcf
files (vCards) and transfer to handset directories.
• Delete a directory on the handset. If you have edited the directory file (vcf file) on the PC and
would like to load thismodified directory tothe handset, you can delete thecurrent directory
on the handset before the transfer.
Tip: Back up the current directory on your PC before deleting it. You can then reload it if the
modified directory is affected by formatting errors and some, or all, of it cannot be loaded
onto the handset.
Transfer rules
The directory entries from a vcf file that are loaded onto the handset will be added to the
directory. If an entry already exists for a name, it will either be supplemented or a new entry for
the name will be created. The process will not overwrite or delete any phone numbers.
Contents of directory file (vcf-file)
The following data (if available) is written into the vcf file for entry into the directory or
transferred from a vcf file into the handset directory:
• Name
• First name
• Number
• Number (office)
• Number (mobile)
• E-mail address
• Anniversary date (YYYY-MM-DD) and the time of the reminder call (HH:MM) separated by a
"T" (example: 2008-12-24T11:00).
Other information that a vCard may contain is not entered into the handset directory.
• You can find information on vCard format (vcf) on the Internet, e.g. at:
www.en.wikipedia.org/wiki/VCard (English)
www.de.wikipedia.org/wiki/VCard (German)
(You can set the display language at the bottom left side in the navigation area of
the web page)
• If you wish to copy a directory (vcf file) with multiple entries stored on the PC to the
Microsoft Outlook™ address book, please note the following:
Microsoft Outlook™ only ever transfers the first (directory) entry from the vcf file to
its address book.
Depending on your device type, up to three entries with the same name are created in
the directory for each vCard – one entry per entered number.
109
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Example of an entry in vCard format:
BEGIN:VCARD
VERSION:2.1
N:Smith;Anna
TEL;HOME:1234567890
TEL;WORK:0299123456
TEL;CELL:0175987654321
E-MAIL:anna@musterfrau.de
BDAY:2008-12-24T11:00
END:VCARD
Management
Date and Time
Managing the synchronisation of the base with a time server. By default, your phone is
configured so that the date/time is transferred from a time server on the Internet. Changes to
time server settings via web page:
¤ Settings Management Date and Time
Changing the base settings, registering handsets
• Switch the base to registration mode to register more handsets to the base. This setting
corresponds to pressing and holding the registration/paging key on the front of the base.
• Activate or deactivate Eco Mode or Eco Mode+.
• Change the system PIN for your phone.
• Activate and deactivate the LED for the registration/paging key on the front of the base.
• Activate or deactivate the display of VoIP status messages on your handset.
The base settings are on the web page
¤ Settings Management Miscellaneous
Rebooting the device or restoring the factory settings
If your phone suddenly does not work as expected, you can reboot it. This frequently resolves
problems.
You can also reset all of the settings on the phone to the default settings e.g. if you want to give
your phone to a third participant. This deletes all settings, lists and directory entries!
¤ Settings Management Reboot & Reset
110
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15
Saving and restoring system settings
Once you have configured your base and after each configuration change, you can save the
current base settings in a file on the PC (suffix .cfg). You can reload the file onto the phone again
when necessary.
¤ Settings Management Save and Restore
The contents of the .cfg file include:
• The settings for the local network (IP configuration)
• The data for the (VoIP) connections established
• The assignment of send and receive connections
• Your own local area code and access code
• The network mailbox number
• The Internet services settings
• The ECO DECT settings
Firmware Update
Regular updates to the base firmware and the provider profile for VoIP connections (general
provider data) are made available on an Internet configuration server. You can download these
updates onto your base as required. The URL for this server is stored in the base.
¤ Settings Management Firmware Update
Starting firmware update
If a new version of the firmware is available, this is downloaded to the base and the base is
restarted. A firmware update lasts approx. six minutes. The duration also depends on the
bandwidth of your DSL connection.
Enabling/disabling the automatic version check
When the version check is enabled, the phone checks on a daily basis whether the Gigaset
configuration server has a new version of the phone firmware.
If the phone is not connected to the Internet at the time when the check is to be performed
(e.g. because the router is disabled), the check is performed as soon as the phone is reconnected
to the Internet.
If a new version is available, a message to this effect is shown on the display of the registered
handsets. You can start the update of the firmware on one of the handsets.
Downgrading firmware
¤ You can reload the firmware version that was loaded before the last update on the base.
or
¤ You can reload the firmware version that was loaded by default onto the phone.
The selected firmware is reloaded onto the phone and the current firmware is overwritten.
111
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Status of the phone
¤ Status Device
Information about the phone is displayed:
• IP and MAC address for the base
• Version of the firmware currently loaded, format: aa.bbb (aabbbxxyyyzz)
Example: 42.020 (420200000000 / V42.00) means that version 20 of the firmware is currently
loaded on your base.
• A list of the registered handsets
¤ Status Connections
The page displays the currently available connections and their status.
aa Phone product variant
bbb Firmware version
xx Sub-version
yyyzz only significant for the service
112
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Web configurator
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15
Menu overview
Quick Start Wizard p. 99
Settings Network IP Configuration p. 100
Security p. 100
Telephony Connections p. 101
Audio p. 103
Number Assignment p. 102
Call Divert p. 105
Dialling Plans p. 104
Network mailboxes p. 103
Advanced VoIP Settings p. 105
Messaging Email p. 107
Message Notification p. 106
Call Notification p. 107
Info Services p. 107
Directories Online Directory p. 107
Directory Transfer p. 108
Management Date and Time p. 109
Local Settings p. 104
Miscellaneous p. 109
Reboot & Reset p. 109
Save and Restore p. 110
Firmware Update p. 110
Status Device p. 111
Connections p. 111
113
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Service (Customer Care)
Appendix
Service (Customer Care)
Step by step towards your solution with Gigaset Customer Care
www.gigaset.com/service
Visit our Customer Care pages:
www.gigaset.com/service
Here you will find:
• Frequently asked questions
• Free software and user manual downloads
• Compatibility checks
Contact our Customer Care team:
Couldn't find a solution in the FAQs section?
We are happy to help...
... by eMail: www.gigaset.com/contact
... by telephone:
United Kingdom
www.gigaset.com/uk/service
Service Hotline: 020 36953111 (local call cost charge)
Ireland
www.gigaset.com/ie/service
Service Hotline: 0818 200 033 (6.6561 Ct./Call)
Please have your proof of purchase ready when calling.
Please note that if the Gigaset product is not sold by authorised dealers in the national territory the product
may not be fully compatible with the national telephone network. It is clearly specified on the box near the CE
mark for which country/countries the equipment has been developed. If the equipment is used in a manner
inconsistent with this advice or with the instructions of the manual and on the product itself, this may have
implications on the conditions for warranty or guarantee claims (repair or exchange of product).
In order to make use of the warranty, the product purchaser is asked to submit a receipt which proves the date
of purchase (date from which the warranty period starts) and the type of goods that have been purchased.
For questions about VoIP access, please contact the respective service provider.
114
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Service (Customer Care)
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15
Questions and answers
Possible solutions are available online at www.gigaset.com/faq
Troubleshooting
The phone is not ready for use after initial set-up.
• The one-off initialisation phase may take up to 10 minutes.
The display is blank.
• The handset is not activated. Press and hold
• The battery is empty. Charge the battery or replace it ( p. 11)
"No Base" flashes on the display.
• The handset is outside the range of the base station. Move the handset closer to the base station
• The base is not activated. Check the base station power adapter
• The base station's range is reduced because Maximum Range is deactivated.
¥ Activate Maximum Range ( p. 58) or reduce the distance between the handset and base station
"Please register handset" flashes on the display.
• The handset has not yet been registered or was de-registered due to the registration of an additional hand-
set (more than 6 DECT registrations). Re-register the handset ( p. 76)
Your settings are not accepted.
• The wrong profile has been set. Set Profile Personal . . . then make changes to the device settings
( p. 84).
The handset does not ring.
• The ringtone is deactivated. Activate ringtone ( p. 82)
• Call forwarding is set. Deactivate call forwarding ( p. 31)
• The phone does not ring if the caller has withheld his number.
¥ Activate the ringtone for anonymous calls ( p. 59).
• The phone does not ring during a specific period or for certain numbers.
¥ Check the time control for external calls ( p. 59)
No ringtone/dial tone from the fixed line network.
• Incorrect phone cable. Please always use the phone cable supplied or ensure that the pin connections
are correct when purchasing from a retailer ( p. 121).
The connection always terminates after approx. 30 seconds.
• A repeater (earlier than Version 2.0) has been activated or deactivated ( p. 79). Switch the handset
off and back on again ( p. 18).
Error tone sounds after system PIN prompt.
• You have entered the wrong system PIN. Repeat the process, reset the system PIN to 0000 if required
( p. 92)
Forgotten system PIN.
¥ Reset the system PIN to 000 ( p. 92)
The other party cannot hear you.
• The handset is "muted". Activate the microphone again ( p. 25)
Some of the network services do not work as specified.
• Features are not enabled. Contact the network provider for details.
115
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Service (Customer Care)
The caller's number is not displayed.
• Calling Line Identification (CLI) is not enabled for the caller. The caller should ask the network provider
to enable Calling Line Identification (CLI).
• Calling Line Identification Presentation (CLIP) is not supported or enabled by the network provider.
Ask the network provider to enable Caller Line Identification Presentation (CLIP).
• The telephone is connected via a PABX or a router with an integrated PABX (gateway) that does not trans-
mit all information.
¥ Reset the system: Briefly pull out the power plug. Reinsert the plug and wait until the device restarts.
¥ Check the settings on the PABX and activate phone number display, if necessary. To do this, search for
terms such as CLIP, calling line identification, telephone number identification, caller ID, ... in the sys-
tem user guide or ask the system manufacturer.
You hear an error tone when keying in (descending tone sequence).
• Action has failed/invalid input. Repeat the process. Read the display and refer to the user guide if nec-
essary.
You cannot listen to messages on the network mailbox.
• Your PABX is set to pulse dialling. Set your PABX to tone dialling.
No time is specified for a message in the call list.
• Date/time are not set. Set the date/time.
Internet telephony not possible.
• No IP account has been set up: Register the phone with your provider for Internet telephony ( p. 14)
• Display shows Provider error registration failed: Registration of the phone with your provider for Internet
telephony has failed. Repeat the process ( p. 14). Check registration status in web configurator if
necessary ( p. 101).
• Display shows No IP connection: No IP account configured or the IP connections have been deactivated
No connection to the Internet.
• Display shows No LAN connection: Check cable connection between router and base.
• Display shows IP address not available: Check IP configuration.
• The phone is preconfigured for dynamic assignment of the IP address. In order for your router to "recog-
nise" the phone, dynamic IP address assignment must also be activated on the router, i.e. the router's
DHCP server must be activated.
• If the router's DHCP server cannot be/is not activated: Assign a fixed IP address to the phone.
• Display shows Check IP settings: The telephone is not connected to the Internet.
¥ Check the cable connections between the base station and router and between the router and the
Internet.
¥ Check the telephone's connection with the LAN, check whether the phone can be contacted at its IP
address. Check the IP address on the handset.
• Display shows Internet connection not available:
Connection to the Internet has been interrupted: Please try again later
Otherwise: Check the plug connection between the router and modem or DSL connection and the
router settings.
Firmware update or VoIP profile download is not carried out.
• Display shows Currently not possible: The VoIP connections may be busy or a download/update is already
being carried out. Try again later.
• Display shows File unreadable : Firmware file may be invalid. Use only the firmware available on the
preconfigured Gigaset configuration server.
• Display shows Server not accessible:
• The download server is not available. Try again later.
• The router is not available or has no connection to the Internet. Check the connection between the
phone and the router and restart the router if necessary.
• The pre-set server address has been changed. Change the address in the web configurator or reset
the base station.
• Display shows Transmissionerror XXX: An error occurred while transferring the file. An HTTP error code is
displayed in place of XXX. Repeat the process. If the error occurs again, consult the service department.
116
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Service (Customer Care)
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15
You cannot establish a connection to the phone with your PC's web browser.
• IP address is incorrect: Request the handset's IP address Try to re-establish the connection.
• Check connections between the PC and the base station. Open the command box on the PC send a
ping command to the base station (ping <base station's local IP address>).
• You have tried to reach the phone via a secure http (https://...). Retry with http://...
GO functions
The smartphone display does not show the complete phone number and area code.
• Country code and local area code are not set correctly. Configuring settings:
With handset: Settings – Telephony – Area Codes
With web configurator: Settings – Management – Local Settings
No events displayed on the smartphone (e. g. missed call).
• You have not selected a connection that can be used to transfer events to your smartphone.
¥ Once you have registered the phone with Gigaset elements on the web configurator page Settings –
Messaging – Call Notification select connection(s)
The name of the participant is not displayed in the events list on your smartphone.
• The contact is not available on your smartphone. Enter contact.
• The participant number is stored differently in the contact list, e. g. without the area code
¥ Configure settings for country code and local area code:
With handset: Settings – Telephony – Area Codes
With web configurator: Settings – Management – Local Settings
Calling back a missed call from your smartphone.
¥ Tap the event entry Missed call tap on the Call back icon.
Answer machine ( p. 45)
No time is specified for a message in the call list.
• Date/time are not set. Set the date/time ( p. 89)
The answer machine reports "Invalid PIN" during remote operation.
• You have entered the wrong system PIN. Repeat input of system PIN
• The system PIN is still set to 0000. Set the system PIN to something other than 0000 ( p. 92)
The answer machine is not recording any messages/has switched to answer only mode.
• The memory is full. Delete old messages Listen to new messages and then delete
117
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Service (Customer Care)
Operation behind routers with network address translation
(NAT)
In general, no special telephone or router configuration is required when operating a Gigaset telephone with
NAT router. The configuration settings described in this section are only necessary if you encounter one of the
following problems.
• No incoming calls are possible via VoIP. Calls to your VoIP phone numbers are not put through.
• Outgoing calls via VoIP are not connected.
• A connection is established with the other participant, but you cannot hear them and/or they cannot hear
you.
Changing the port numbers for SIP and RTP on your VoIP phone
¥ Connect to the telephone's web configurator using the PC web browser Register Open website Set-
tings – Telephony – Advanced VoIP Settings Change SIP and RTP port numbers Save settings
Example: Select port numbers that are similar to the standard settings:
¥ Check new settings: Open website Settings – Telephony – Connections . . . the Status of the VoIP set-
tings is displayed
¥ Test to see whether the original problem persists. If the problem does persist, carry out the next step.
Setting port forwarding on the router
Details for enabling a port on the router (example):
To enable the router to perform this port forwarding, the DHCP settings of the router must ensure that the
phone is always assigned the same local IP address.
Guarantee Certificate - United Kingdom
Without prejudice to any claim the user (customer) may have in relation to the dealer or retailer, the customer
shall be granted a manufacturer's Guarantee under the conditions set out below:
• In the case of new devices and their components exhibiting defects resulting from manufacturing and/or
material faults within 24 months of purchase, Gigaset Communications shall, at its own option and free of
charge, either replace the device with another device reflecting the current state of the art, or repair the
said device. In respect of parts subject to wear and tear (including but not limited to, batteries, keypads,
casing), this warranty shall be valid for six months from the date of purchase.
The SIP and RTP port numbers may not be used by any other application or by any other host in the
LAN and should be completely different to the SIP and port numbers that are usually used (and pre-
set in the phone).
SIP port 49060 instead of 5060
RTP port 49004 to 49010 instead of 5004 to 5010
Protocol Public port Local port Local host (IP)
for SIP UDP 49060 49060 192.168.2.10
for RTP UDP 49004 – 49010 49004 – 49010 192.168.2.10
Protocol The protocol used must be UDP.
Public port Port number/port number range on the WAN interface
Local port The SIP and RTP port numbers set on the phone
Local host (IP) Local IP address of your phone in the LAN
118
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Service (Customer Care)
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15
• This Guarantee shall be invalid if the device defect is attributable to improper treatment and/or failure to
comply with information contained in the user guides.
• This Guarantee shall not apply to or extend to services performed by the authorised dealer or the cus-
tomer themselves (e. g. installation, configuration, software downloads). User guides and any software
supplied on a separate data medium shall be excluded from the Guarantee.
• The purchase receipt, together with the date of purchase, shall be required as evidence for invoking the
Guarantee. Claims under the Guarantee must be submitted within two months of the Guarantee default
becoming evident.
• Ownership of devices or components replaced by and returned to Gigaset Communications shall vest in
Gigaset Communications.
• This Guarantee shall apply to new devices purchased in the European Union. For Products sold in the
United Kingdom the Guarantee is issued by: Gigaset Communications UK Limited, 2 White Friars, Chester,
CH1 1NZ.
• Any other claims resulting out of or in connection with the device shall be excluded from this Guarantee.
Nothing in this Guarantee shall attempt to limit or exclude a Customers Statutory Rights, nor the manu-
facturer's liability for death or personal injury resulting from its negligence.
• The duration of the Guarantee shall not be extended by services rendered under the terms of the Guaran-
tee.
• Insofar as no Guarantee default exists, Gigaset Communications reserves the right to charge the customer
for replacement or repair.
• The above provisions does not imply a change in the burden of proof to the detriment of the customer.
To invoke this Guarantee, please contact the Gigaset Communications telephone service. The relevant num-
ber is to be found in the accompanying user guide.
Guarantee Certificate - Ireland
Without prejudice to any claim the user (customer) may have in relation to the dealer or retailer, the customer
shall be granted a manufacturer’s Guarantee under the conditions set out below:
• In the case of new devices and their components exhibiting defects resulting from manufacturing and/or
material faults within 24 months of purchase, Gigaset Communications shall, at its own option and free of
charge, either replace the device with another device reflecting the current state of the art, or repair the
said device. In respect of parts subject to wear and tear (including but not limited to, batteries, keypads,
casing), this warranty shall be valid for six months from the date of purchase.
• This Guarantee shall be invalid if the device defect is attributable to improper care or use and/or failure to
comply with information contained in the user manuals. In particular claims under the Guarantee cannot
be made if:
• The device is opened (this is classed as third party intervention)
• Repairs or other work done by persons not authorised by Gigaset Communications.
• Components on the printed circuit board are manipulated
• The software is manipulated
• Defects or damage caused by dropping, breaking, lightning or ingress of moisture. This also applies if
defects or damage was caused by mechanical, chemical, radio interference or thermal factors (e.g.: micro-
wave, sauna etc.)
• Devices fitted with accessories not authorised by Gigaset Communications
• This Guarantee shall not apply to or extend to services performed by the authorised dealer or the cus-
tomer themselves (e.g. installation, configuration, software downloads). User manuals and any software
supplied on a separate data medium shall be excluded from the Guarantee.
• The purchase receipt, together with the date of purchase, shall be required as evidence for invoking the
Guarantee. Claims under the Guarantee must be submitted within two months of the Guarantee default
becoming evident.
• Ownership of devices or components replaced by and returned to Gigaset Communications shall vest in
Gigaset Communications.
• This Guarantee shall apply to new devices purchased in the European Union. For Products sold in the
Republicof Ireland the Guarantee is issued by Gigaset Communications UK Limited, 2 WhiteFriars, Chester,
CH1 1NZ.
119
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Manufacturer's advice
• Any other claims resulting out of or in connection with the device shall be excluded from this Guarantee.
Nothing in this Guarantee shall attempt to limit or exclude a Customers Statutory Rights, nor the manu-
facturer’s liability for death or personal injury resulting from its negligence.
• The duration of the Guarantee shall not be extended by services rendered under the terms of the Guaran-
tee.
• Insofar as no Guarantee default exists, Gigaset Communications reserves the right to charge the customer
for replacement or repair.
• The above provisions does not imply a change in the burden of proof to the detriment of the customer.
To invoke this Guarantee, please contact the Gigaset Communications helpdesk. This number is also to be
found in the accompanying user guide.
Exclusion of liability
Your handset's display consists of pixels. Each pixel consists of three sub-pixels (red, green, blue).
It may be the case that a sub-pixel is missing or has a colour deviation.
A warranty claim is only valid if the maximum number of permitted pixel errors is exceeded.
Manufacturer's advice
Authorisation
This device is intended for analogue phone lines in the UK and on the Irish network.
Voice over IP telephony is possible via the LAN interface (IEEE 802.3).
Depending on your telecommunication network interface, an additional modem could be necessary.
For further information please contact your Internet provider.
Country-specific requirements have been taken into consideration.
We, Gigaset Communications GmbH, declare that this device meets the essential requirements and other rel-
evant regulations laid down in Directive 1999/5/EC.
The EC declaration of your country according to 1999/5/EC can be found at:
www.gigaset.com/docs.
This declaration could also be available in the "International Declarations of Conformity" or “European Decla-
rations of Conformity” files.
Therefore please check all of these files.
Description Maximum number of permitted pixel errors
Colour illuminated sub-pixels 1
Dark sub-pixels 1
Total number of coloured and dark sub-pixels 1
Signs of wear on the display and casing are excluded from the warranty.
120
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Manufacturer's advice
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15
Environment
Our environmental statement
We at Gigaset Communications GmbH are aware of our social responsibility. That is why we actively take steps
to create a better world. In all areas of our business – from product planning and production to sales and waste
of disposal – following our environmental conscience in everything we do is of utmost importance to us.
Learn more about our earth-friendly products and processes online at www.gigaset.com.
Environmental management system
Gigaset Communications GmbHis certified pursuant to the international standards ISO 14001 and
ISO 9001.
ISO 14001 (Environment): Certified since September 2007 by TÜV SÜD Management Service
GmbH.
ISO 9001 (Quality): Certified since 17/02/1994 by TÜV SÜD Management Service GmbH.
Disposal
Batteries should not be disposed of in general household waste. Observe the local waste disposal regulations,
details of which can be obtained from your local authority.
All electrical and electronic products should be disposed of separately from the municipal waste stream via
designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities.
This crossed-out wheeled bin symbol on the product means the product is covered by the Euro-
pean Directive 2002/96/EC.
The correct disposal and separate collection of your old appliance will help prevent potential neg-
ative consequences for the environment and human health. It is a precondition for reuse and recy-
cling of used electrical and electronic equipment.
For more detailed information about disposal of your old appliance, please contact your local council refuse
centre or the original supplier of the product.
Care
Wipe the device with a damp cloth or an antistatic cloth. Do not use solvents or microfibre cloths.
Never use a dry cloth; this can cause static.
In rare cases, contact with chemical substances can cause changes to the device’s exterior. Due to the wide
variety of chemical products available on the market, it was not possible to test all substances.
Impairments in high-gloss finishes can be carefully removed using display polishes for mobile phones.
Contact with liquid
If the device comes into contact with liquid:
1 Disconnect the power supply.
2 Remove the batteries and leave the battery compartment open.
3 Allow the liquid to drain from the device.
4 Pat all parts dry.
5 Place the device in a dry, warm place for at least 72 hours (not in a microwave, oven etc.) with the battery
compartment open and the keypad facing down (if applicable).
6 Do not switch on the device again until it is completely dry.
When it has fully dried out, you will normally be able to use it again.
121
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_technical_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Technical data
Technical data
Batteries
Handset operating times/charging times
The operating time of your Gigaset depends on the capacity of the battery, its age and the way it is used. (All
times are maximum possible times.)
Base station power consumption
General specifications
Technology: 2 x AAA NiMH
Voltage: 1.2 V
Capacity: 750 mAh
Standby time (hours) * 320/180
Talktime (hours) 14
Operating time with 1.5 hours of calls per day (hours) * 120/95
Charging time in charging cradle (hours) 7.5
* No Radiation switched on/off, without display backlight in idle status
(Setting the display backlight p. 83)
The telephone operating times will increase if a more efficient battery is used.
In standby mode approx. 1.3 W
During a call approx. 1.4 W
DECT standard Supported
GAP standard Supported
No. of channels 60 duplex channels
Radio frequency range 1880-1900 MHz
Duplex mode Time division multiplexing, 10 ms frame length
Repetition frequency of the transmission
pulse
100 Hz
Duration of the transmission pulse 370 μs
Channel grid 1728 kHz
Bit rate 1152 kbit/s
Modulation GFSK
Language code 32 kbit/s
Transmission power 10 mW average power per channel, 250 mW pulse power
Range Up to 50 m indoors, up to 300 m outdoors
Base station power supply 230 V ~/50 Hz
Environmental conditions for operation +5 °C to +45 °C; 20% to 75% relative humidity
122
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Technical data
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_technical_GO.fm / 7/24/15
Pin connections on the telephone jack
Character charts
Dialling mode DTMF (tone dialling)/PD (pulse dialling)
Codec G.711, G.726, G.729AB with VAD/CNG, G.722
Quality of Service TOS, DiffServ
Protocols SIP, RTP, DHCP, NAT Traversal (STUN), HTTP
Standard characters
Press the relevant key several
times.
3
2
1
4
5
6
1 unused
2 unused
3 a
4 b
5 unused
6 unused
1) Space
2) Line break
1x 2x 3x 4x 5x 6x 7x 8x 9x 10x

 1
2 a b c 2 ä á à â ã ç
3 d e f 3 ë é è ê
4 g h i 4 ï í ì î
5 j k l 5
L m n o 6 ö ñ ó ò ô õ
M p q r s 7 ß
N t u v 8 ü ú ù û
O w x y z 9 ÿ ý æ ø å
Q . , ? ! 0
1) 2)
123
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / symbols.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Display icons
Display icons
The following icons are displayed depending on the settings and the operating status of your telephone.
Icons in the status bar
Display key icons
Display icons to indicate . . .
Icon Meaning
Signal strength (No Radiation off)
1% -100%
white, if Maximum Range on;
green, if Maximum Range off
Red: no connection to the base station
No Radiation activated:
white, if Maximum Range on;
green, if Maximum Range off
Answer machine activated indicator
flashes: Answer machine is recording
a message or is being operated by
another internal participant
Ringtone switched off
"Beep" ringtone activated
Keypad lock activated
Battery charge status:
White: between 11% and 100%
charged
Red: less than 11% charged
Flashes red: battery almost empty
(approx. 5 minutes of talktime left)
Battery is charging
(current charge status):
0% - 100%
Icon Meaning
Icon Meaning
Last number redial
Delete text
Open the directory
Copy number to the directory
Divert a call to answer machine
Icon Meaning
Icon Meaning
External call
Internal call
Establishing a call (outgoing call)
Connection established
No connection established/
connection terminated
Reminder for appointment
Reminder for anniversary
Alarm call
Answer machine is recording
Icon Meaning
124
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Display icons
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / symbols.fm / 7/24/15
Other display icons
Icon Meaning
Alarm clock is activated, display with
alarm time
Action complete (green)
Action failed (red)
Information
(Security) prompt
Please wait ...
Icon Meaning
125
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / menutree_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Menu overview
Menu overview
Open the main menu: when handset is in idle status press
Not all functions described in the user guide are available in all countries or from all network
providers.
Messaging
SMS New SMS p. 61
Incoming p. 63
Draft p. 62
Settings Service Centres p. 65
Notification p. 65
eMail p. 68
Call Lists p. 36
All calls
Outgoing calls
Accepted calls
Missed calls
Answer Machine
Play Messages Net AM: IP1 - IP6 p. 46
Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 46
Activation Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 45
Announcements Record Announcem. Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 49
Play Announcement Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 49
Delete Announcem. Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 50
Rec. Advisory Msg. Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 49
Del. Advisory Msg. Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 50
Recordings p. 50
Call Screening p. 47
Network Mailbox Net AM: Fixed Line p. 51
Net AM: IP1 - IP6
Set Key 1 p. 52
126
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Menu overview
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / menutree_GO.fm / 7/24/15
Select Services
Next Call Anonym. p. 30
Call Divert Internal p. 32
Fixed Line p. 31
IP1 p. 31
Call Waiting p. 30
All Calls Anonym. p. 30
Transfer (ECT) p. 28
Ringback Off p. 31
Additional Features
Info Centre User-specific selection of info services p. 71
Calendar p. 53
Alarm Clock p. 55
Baby Monitor p. 56
One Touch Call p. 23
Missed Alarms p. 54
Settings
Date/Time p. 89
Audio Settings Handset Volume p. 84
Earpiece Profiles p. 84
Advisory Tones p. 85
Ringtones (Handset) Volume p. 84
Melodies p. 85
Time Control p. 59
Anon. Calls Silent p. 59
Music on hold p. 90
Display Screensaver p. 82
Info Ticker p. 83
Colour Schemes p. 83
Backlight p. 83
Language p. 82
127
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / menutree_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Menu overview
Registration Register Handset p. 76
De-register Handset p. 77
Select Base p. 77
Telephony Auto Answer p. 83
Area Codes p. 89
IP Wizard
Send Connections
Rec. Connections
Dialling Mode p. 80
Recall p. 80
Access Code p. 80
System Handset Reset p. 86
Handset PIN p. 87
Base Reset p. 93
Base Restart p. 92
Encryption p. 79
Repeater
only when at least one
repeater has been registered
p. 79
Local Network p. 90
Update Firmware p. 91
System PIN p. 92
ECO DECT Maximum Range p. 58
No Radiation
128
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Index
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOSIX.fm / 7/24/15
Index
A
Access code (PABX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 104
Activating/deactivating message LED . . . . . . . . 35
Activation code for elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Advisory tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 86
Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Alarm clock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
switch on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Alert tone (beep) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Anniversary, see Appointment
Announcement (answer machine) . . . . . . . . . . 49
deleting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Announcement mode (answer machine) . . . . . . 45
Anonymous calling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Answer machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
activating/deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
announcement mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
calling back a caller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
deleting messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
playing back messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 52
receive connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
recording a personal announcement/
advisory message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
set fast access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
skipping ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
skipping back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Appointment
display missed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
missed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
notification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Assigning key 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Assigning number key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Authorisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Automatic
answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Automatic versions check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
B
Baby monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Base
connect to fixed line network. . . . . . . . . . . . 13
connect to mains power supply . . . . . . . . . . 13
connect to the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Base settings
change in web configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Base station
changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
changing the name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
connecting to the PABX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
restarting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
restoring to default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
system PIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
updating firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Battery
charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
charging status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
inserting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Beep (alert tone). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Best base station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Black list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Broadband voice codec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Broken display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
C
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Call
accepting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
anonymous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
transferring internally (connecting) . . . . . . . 24
two-way recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Call back a caller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Call block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Call divert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Call Forwarding
for VoIP connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Call list
copying a number to the directory. . . . . . . . 36
delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
delete an entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
dialling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Call notifications
to mobile device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Call protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Call screening during recording . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Call swapping
two external calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Call waiting, external. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
accepting/rejecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 25
Call waiting, internal
accept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Call, anonymous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30
protection from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Caller display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Calling
entering IP address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
from online directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
from Yellow Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
129
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOSIX.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Index
Calling Line Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
none . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
switching off temporarily. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Cancel the alarm (baby monitor). . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Care of the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Certificate error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Changing
display language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
handsfree volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
system PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Changing the handset PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Changing the name of the handset. . . . . . . . . . 78
Changing the PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Changing the system PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Character charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Charge status of the batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Charging cradle (handset)
connecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Charging time of handset. . . . . . . . . . . .121, 122
CLI, Calling Line Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
CLIP, CLI Presentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
CLIR, CLI Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Colour scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Communication ports, local . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 106
Configuration wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Connecting the PC to the web configurator . . . . 97
Connecting to the web configurator . . . . . . . . . 97
Connections
fixed line network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
IP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
manage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Connections with the base station . . . . . . . . . . 77
Consultation call
ending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Contact with liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Contents of the package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 19
Correcting incorrect entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Customer Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Customising info services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
D
Deactivating wireless module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Deleting
messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
De-registering (handset) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
De-registering (web configurator). . . . . . . . . . . 98
Dialling
from the call list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
from the directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
from the redial list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
IP address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
using quick dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Dialling mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Dialling pause. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Dialling plans
emergency numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
copying numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
dialling numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 41
order of entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
saving an entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
searching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
searching for an entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
selecting an entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
sending entry/list to handset. . . . . . . . . . . . 40
sending to handset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
transferring to/from PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Directory file
contents (vCard format) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Directory transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Display
activating/deactivating new message . . . . . 35
anonymous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
broken. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
changing display language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
colour scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
directory memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
IP address on handset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
missed appointment/anniversary . . . . . . . . 54
network mailbox message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
screensaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
unknown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Display icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Display keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 20
assigning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Disposal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
DNS server
preferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Draft message list (SMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
DTMF (tone dialling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 81
DTMF signalling for VoIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
E
Earpiece profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
ECO DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
ECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
E-mail
delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
messages whilst making a connection . . . . . 69
notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
viewing the sender's address. . . . . . . . . . . . 70
E-mail address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
130
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Index
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOSIX.fm / 7/24/15
E-mail list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Emergency number, dialling plans . . . . . . . . . 104
Emergency numbers
not possible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Enable Annex B for codec G.729 . . . . . . . . . . . 103
End call key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Entering special characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Entering text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Entering the number
of the network mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Entering umlauts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Exclusion of liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
External call
forwarding to answer machine. . . . . . . . . . . 47
F
Factory settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Fast access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 52
Firmware
automatic update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 110
downgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
starting update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Fixed line network connection . . . . . . . . . 13, 101
Flash time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
G
G.711 a law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
G.711 μ law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
G.722 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
G.722 broadband voice codec . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
G.726 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
G.729 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Getting started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Gigaset elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 107
activation code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
register with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Gigaset GO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 13
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
settings in web configurator. . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 101
call divert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Call Forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
calling a participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
changing/deleting own name . . . . . . . . . . . 44
directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
entering name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 95
searching for participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Gigaset.net website . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Gigaset-config. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
GO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
settings in web configurator. . . . . . . . . . . . 107
GPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Guarantee Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
H
Handset
advisory tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
automatic keypad lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
changing the name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
changing the number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
changing the settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
changing to a different base station . . . . . . . 77
changing to best reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
colour scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
connecting the charging cradle . . . . . . . . . . 11
de-registering the handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
display backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
display language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
earpiece volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 84
handsfree volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
idle status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
keypad illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
large font. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
paging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
registering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
registering to another base station. . . . . . . . 77
restoring to default setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
searching for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
speaker volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
switch on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
use as a baby monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Handsfree key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Handsfree mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Handsfree profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Hearing aids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
I
Icons
alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
displaying new messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
indications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
new SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
on display keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
status bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Idle status
returning to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Illumination, keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Incoming message list (e-mail). . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Indications, icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Info Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
operating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Info services
activating/deactivating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
using quick dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
131
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOSIX.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Index
Installation wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Internal
consultation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
making calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
International code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Internet
security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Internet connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 14
Internet security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Internet telephony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
IP address
assigning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
dialling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
obtaining automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
IP configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
IP connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
IP telephony provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
K
Key 1 (fast access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Key, assigning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Keypad illumination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Keypad lock, automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Keys
control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 19
display keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 20
End call key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
fast access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
recall key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
star key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
talk key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
L
Language
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Language, display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Large font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
LGPL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Linked, see SMS
Liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
List
e-mail notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
SMS draft message list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
SMS message list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Local area code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
for VoIP calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Locking/unlocking the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Lower/upper case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
M
MAC address
checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Making calls
accepting a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
over the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Maximum Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Medical equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Melody
ringtone for internal/external calls . . . . . . . . 85
Memory in the directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Menu
web configurator overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Menu key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Message
delete (e-mail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
marking as "new" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Message display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Message key
opening list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Message list (SMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Message lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Messages
copying number to the directory . . . . . . . . . 46
Microphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
switch on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Missed anniversaries/appointments . . . . . . . . . 54
Music on hold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Mute the first ringtone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Muting the handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
N
Network mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
activate/deactivate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
defining for fast access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
enter phone number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
entering number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Network MB, see Network mailbox
Network provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Network services, provider-specific . . . . . . . . . 29
Notification
about calls and messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
incoming e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Number
copying to the directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
do not transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
saving in the directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
withhold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Numbers
entering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
O
One touch call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Online directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Open Source Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Opening the incoming e-mail list . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Operating time of handset. . . . . . . . . . . 121, 122
Outside line code (PABX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Overview
base station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
132
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Index
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOSIX.fm / 7/24/15
P
PABX
connecting to the base station . . . . . . . . . . . 80
pauses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
saving access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
setting dialling mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
setting flash time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
switching to tone dialling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Paging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Pause
after access code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
after line seizure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
after Recall key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
PC address book entries to the directory
copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
PD (pulse dialling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Phone
setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Phone directory, see Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Phonebook, see Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Picking up
a call from answer machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Pin connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Playing back
announcement (answer machine). . . . . . . . . 49
Playing back messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 13
Power consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Preferred DNS server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Protection from calls
anonymous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
black list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
time control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Pulse dialling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Q
Questions and answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Quick dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 52
R
Radiation
reducing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Radiation-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Rebooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Recall key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 81
function for VoIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Receive connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 95
assigning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
standard assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Reception booster, see Repeater
Recording
two-way recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Recording quality (answer machine) . . . . . . . . . 50
Recording time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Redial list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Register
with Gigaset elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Registering
with web configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Registering (handset) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Remotely operating the answer machine . . . . . 47
Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Resetting the handset to the default
settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Resource Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Restarting the base station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
RFC 2833 (DTMF signalling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Ring delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Ring delay (answer machine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Ringback
cancelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
initiate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Ringtone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
melody for internal/external calls. . . . . . . . . 85
muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
muting first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
time control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
S
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Screensaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Searching
handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Searching for participants on Gigaset.net . . . . . 43
Searching in directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Send connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 95
assigning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
standard assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Sender's address (e-mail). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Sending
entire directory to handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
SMS messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Service provider, see Network provider
Services
online directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Setting the date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Setting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Setting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Setting up
handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Setting up the base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Setting up the charging cradle (handset) . . . . . 10
Settings
saving and restoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Show new messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Signal strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Signal tone, see Advisory tones
133
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOSIX.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
Index
Silence, suppressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
SMS
deleting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
draft message list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
incoming message list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
linked. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
message list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
self help with error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
send centre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
sending to e-mail address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
temporary storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
to PABXs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
vCard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
writing/sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
SMS message list (SMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
SMS notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
SMS service centre
changing the number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Snooze mode (alarm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Speaker volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Speech pauses, suppressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Star key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Status bar
icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Status information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Subnet mask defining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Switching the ringtone on/off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Symbols, see Icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
System PIN
changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
resetting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
System settings securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
T
Talk key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Telephone
connecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Telephone jack, pin connections. . . . . . . . . . . 122
Time control for external calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Time server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
TLS (Transport Layer Security). . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Tone dialling (DTMF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 81
Transferring, external call internally. . . . . . . . . . 24
Troubleshooting
e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
general. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
U
Upper/lower case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Using
multiple handsets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
V
vCard (SMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
vCard format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
vcf file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Version check, automatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Viewing network mailbox message . . . . . . . . . 34
VIP group, classify directory entry. . . . . . . . . . . 37
VIP ringtone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Voice quality for VoIP connections . . . . . . . . . 103
VoIP account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
provider. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
set up with web configurator. . . . . . . . . . . 101
setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 94
setting up using the web configurator
configuration wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
user data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
VoIP provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Volume
earpiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
handset handsfree volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
handset speaker/earpiece volume . . . . . . . . 25
speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
W
Warning tone, see Advisory tones
Weather forecast, display in idle status . . . . . . . 75
Web configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
configuration wizard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
connecting with PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
de-registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
DTMF signalling for VoIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
set up VoIP connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Withheld number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Wizard for quick initial configuration . . . . . . . . 99
Writing (SMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Y
Yellow Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
All rights reserved. Rights of modification reserved.
134
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / licence.fm / 7/24/15
Open Source Software
General
Your Gigaset device includes Open Source software that is subject to various license conditions. With regard
to Open Source software, the granting of usage rights that go beyond the operation of the device in the form
supplied by Gigaset Communications GmbH is governed by the relevant license conditions of the Open
Source software. The corresponding licence conditions can be found below in their original version.
The respective license texts regularly contain limitations of liability with regard to the relevant licensor of
Open Source Software. The exclusion of liability for theLGPL Version 2.1, for example, reads as follows:
„This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even
the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
General Public License for more details.”
The liability of Gigaset Communications GmbH remains unaffected by this.
Licence and copyright information
Your Gigaset unit includes Open Source software which is subject to the GNU General Public License (GPL) or
the GNU Library/Lesser General Public License (LGPL). The corresponding licence conditions can be found
below in their original version. You can download the corresponding source code from the Internet at
www.gigaset.com/opensource. The appropriate source code can also be requested from Gigaset Communi-
cations GmbH at cost price within three years of purchasing the product. Please use the contact details pro-
vided at www.gigaset.com/service.
Licence texts
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301
USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not
allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public
License, version 2, hence the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the
GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to
make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially designated software packages--typi-
cally libraries--of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You can use it too, but
we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the bet-
ter strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price. Our General Public Licenses are
designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this ser-
vice if you wish); that you receive source code or can get it if you want it; that you can change the software and
use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask
you to surrender these rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute
copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all
the rights that we gave you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. If you link
other code with the library, you must provide complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink
them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it. And you must show them these
terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library, and (2) we offer you this license,
which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
135
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / licence.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if
the library is modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know that what they have is not
the original version, so that the original author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program. We wish to make sure
that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a
patent holder. Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consist-
ent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License. This
license, the GNU Lesser General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and is quite different
from the ordinary General Public License. We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking
those libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared library, the combination of the
two is legally speaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary General Public
License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser Gen-
eral Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it does Less to protect the user's freedom than
the ordinary General Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over
competing non-free programs. These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public
License for many libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain
library, so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be allowed to use the
library. A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public
License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs enables a greater number of people
to use a large body of free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in non-free programs
enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux oper-
ating system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users' freedom, it does ensure that the user
of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a
modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close attention to the
difference between a "work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The former contains code
derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by
the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser Gen-
eral Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with
application programs (which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms.
A "work based on the Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to
say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term
"modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For a library,
complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface def-
inition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside
its scope. The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from such a program is
covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a
tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the
Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's complete source code as you receive it, in any
medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright
136
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / licence.fm / 7/24/15
notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of
any warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty pro-
tection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the
Library, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that
you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date
of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this
License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application pro-
gram that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you must make
a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does not supply such function or table, the facility
still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well-defined inde-
pendent of the application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any application-supplied function or table
used by this function must be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square root function must still
compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived
from the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this
License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when
you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of
the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire
whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you;
rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on
the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library (or with a work based
on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the
scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given
copy of the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the
ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of
the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.)
Do not make any other change in these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public
License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or
executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete
corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and
2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equiv-
alent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source
code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with the Library
by being compiled or linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a work, in isolation, is not a
derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the
Library (because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the library". The executable
is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file that is part of the Library, the object code
for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. Whether this is true
is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The thresh-
old for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
137
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / licence.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, and small macros
and small inline functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object file is unrestricted, regardless
of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library
will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the work under the
terms of Section 6. Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, whether or not they are
linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a "work that uses the Library" with the
Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work under terms of your
choice, provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse engi-
neering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library
and its use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work during execution
displays copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a ref-
erence directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the Library
including whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above);
and, if the work is an executable linked with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that uses
the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to pro-
duce a modified executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the
contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the
modified definitions.)
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1)
uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, rather than copying
library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if the
user installs one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible with the version that the work was
made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent
access to copy the above specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a
copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the Library" must include any data and utility pro-
grams needed for reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, the materials to be dis-
tributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that
component itself accompanies the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do
not normally accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and
the Library together in an executable that you distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side in a single library together
with other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined library, provided that
the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise per-
mitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any
other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library,
and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under
this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library is void, and
will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or
rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full
compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you
permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you
do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, dis-
tributing or modifying the Library or works based on it.
138
TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / licence.fm / 7/24/15
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library subject to these
terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights
granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not
limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise)
that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you
cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent
obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent license
would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly
through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from dis-
tribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance
of the section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to
contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free soft-
ware distribution system which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous
contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent applica-
tion of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through
any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this
License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copy-
righted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit
geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or
among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the
body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Lesser General Public
License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in
detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies a version number of this License
which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify
a license version number, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are
incompatible with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the
Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY
SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT
HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED
ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUEN-
TIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES
OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER
PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
139
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / licence.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, we recommend
making it free software that everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting redistribution
under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is safest to attach them to the start of each
source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copy-
right" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General
Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your
option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General
Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library; if not, write
to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright
disclaimer" for the library, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written
by James Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!
Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Cover_back.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014
Issued by
Gigaset Communications GmbH
Frankenstr. 2a, D-46395 Bocholt
© Gigaset Communications GmbH 2015
Subject to availability.
All rights reserved. Rights of modification reserved.
www.gigaset.com
Apple, the Apple logo and iPhone are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and
other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.
Google, Android, Google Play and other brands are trademarks of Google Inc.

More Related Content

PDF
Gigaset QV830 Tablet User Guide
PDF
Gigaset S650H Pro Digital Cordless Phone
PDF
Gigaset A540A A550A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
PDF
Gigaset S820A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
PDF
Samsung Galaxy S8 Active Manual/User Guide
PDF
Samsung Galaxy J7 V Manual / User Guide
PDF
Gigaset SL910A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
PDF
Gigaset SL400A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
Gigaset QV830 Tablet User Guide
Gigaset S650H Pro Digital Cordless Phone
Gigaset A540A A550A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
Gigaset S820A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
Samsung Galaxy S8 Active Manual/User Guide
Samsung Galaxy J7 V Manual / User Guide
Gigaset SL910A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
Gigaset SL400A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide

What's hot (20)

PDF
Gigaset C620A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
PDF
Netgear Aircard 785S Mobile Broadband Hotspot User Guide
PDF
인터맥산업용PC Intermec CV61 12.1인치 차량탑재용 산업용패널PC 매뉴얼
PDF
manuale d'uso revox joy s119_s120
PDF
인터맥프린터 Intermec PM4i 열전사감열 RFID 바코드프린터 산업용프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
ZTE Avid 828 Manual / User Guide
PDF
인터맥프린터 Intermec PB21 PB31 감열 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
Gigaset C430A C530A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
PDF
Manual instructiuni-pirelli-dpl-10-black
PDF
인터맥PDA Intermec CN51 2D 산업용PDA 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
PDF
Manual instructiuni-samsung-b5310-corby-pro-ruby-red
PDF
Watchout 5 users_guide
PDF
인터맥프린터 Intermec PB22 PB32 감열 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
R12_Win81_UserGuide_en_US_1
PDF
C2675m c
PDF
Samsung Galaxy Rush Manual / User Guide
Gigaset C620A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
Netgear Aircard 785S Mobile Broadband Hotspot User Guide
인터맥산업용PC Intermec CV61 12.1인치 차량탑재용 산업용패널PC 매뉴얼
manuale d'uso revox joy s119_s120
인터맥프린터 Intermec PM4i 열전사감열 RFID 바코드프린터 산업용프린터 매뉴얼
ZTE Avid 828 Manual / User Guide
인터맥프린터 Intermec PB21 PB31 감열 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
Gigaset C430A C530A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
Manual instructiuni-pirelli-dpl-10-black
인터맥PDA Intermec CN51 2D 산업용PDA 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
Manual instructiuni-samsung-b5310-corby-pro-ruby-red
Watchout 5 users_guide
인터맥프린터 Intermec PB22 PB32 감열 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
R12_Win81_UserGuide_en_US_1
C2675m c
Samsung Galaxy Rush Manual / User Guide
Ad

Similar to Gigaset CL750A GO Sculpture User Guide (20)

PDF
TRU_v29_Reference_Manual_EN_20140325.pdf
PDF
6757i user guide
PDF
ZebraNet Bridge Enterprise - Manual do Software
PDF
Nortel Call Pilot telephone administration guide
PDF
Call pilot call center setup and operation
PDF
Profiset3030 user guide
PDF
Win plc engine-en
PDF
ZTE Axon M Manual/User Guide
PDF
Faronics Power Save Enterprise User Guide
PDF
Grundfos Wincaps Manual Guide
PDF
Huawei u8220
PDF
HC100 - Manual da Impressora
PDF
Avaya site administrator
PDF
Implementing the ibm storwize v3700
PDF
Sg248107 Implementing the IBM Storwize V3700
PDF
Smooth wall express_3_administrator_guide_v2
PDF
Air fiber af5_af5u_ug
PDF
Mapinfo
PDF
Guia de usuario arena
TRU_v29_Reference_Manual_EN_20140325.pdf
6757i user guide
ZebraNet Bridge Enterprise - Manual do Software
Nortel Call Pilot telephone administration guide
Call pilot call center setup and operation
Profiset3030 user guide
Win plc engine-en
ZTE Axon M Manual/User Guide
Faronics Power Save Enterprise User Guide
Grundfos Wincaps Manual Guide
Huawei u8220
HC100 - Manual da Impressora
Avaya site administrator
Implementing the ibm storwize v3700
Sg248107 Implementing the IBM Storwize V3700
Smooth wall express_3_administrator_guide_v2
Air fiber af5_af5u_ug
Mapinfo
Guia de usuario arena
Ad

More from Telephones Online (20)

PDF
BT 6610 Digital Cordless Phone User Guide
PDF
BT Diverse 7100 Cordless Phone Quick Start
PDF
BT2200 Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
PDF
BT 3960 Digital Cordless Phone User Guide
PDF
BT X300 Professional Conferencing Unit User Guide
PDF
BT 11ac Dual-Band Wi-Fi Extender 750 Quick Start
PDF
BT XD56 Digital Cordless Phone User Guide
PDF
BT 9500 Halo Cordless Phones User Guide
PDF
Gigaset AL410A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
PDF
Gigaset A420A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
PDF
Gigaset A510A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
PDF
BT Youview Zapper Smart TV Box User Guide
PDF
BT Youview Plus Set Top Box User Guide
PDF
BT Home Hub 4r User Guide
PDF
BT Home Hub 5 User Guide
PDF
BT 8-Port Gigabit Ethernet Switch User Guide
PDF
BT 5-Port Gigabit Ethernet Switch User Guide
PDF
BT Wi-Fi Dongle 300 User Guide
PDF
BT 11ac Dual-Band Wi-Fi Dongle 610 User Guide
PDF
BT 11ac Dual-Band Wi-Fi Dongle 900 User Guide
BT 6610 Digital Cordless Phone User Guide
BT Diverse 7100 Cordless Phone Quick Start
BT2200 Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
BT 3960 Digital Cordless Phone User Guide
BT X300 Professional Conferencing Unit User Guide
BT 11ac Dual-Band Wi-Fi Extender 750 Quick Start
BT XD56 Digital Cordless Phone User Guide
BT 9500 Halo Cordless Phones User Guide
Gigaset AL410A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
Gigaset A420A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
Gigaset A510A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
BT Youview Zapper Smart TV Box User Guide
BT Youview Plus Set Top Box User Guide
BT Home Hub 4r User Guide
BT Home Hub 5 User Guide
BT 8-Port Gigabit Ethernet Switch User Guide
BT 5-Port Gigabit Ethernet Switch User Guide
BT Wi-Fi Dongle 300 User Guide
BT 11ac Dual-Band Wi-Fi Dongle 610 User Guide
BT 11ac Dual-Band Wi-Fi Dongle 900 User Guide

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Advanced methodologies resolving dimensionality complications for autism neur...
PDF
Diabetes mellitus diagnosis method based random forest with bat algorithm
PDF
Unlocking AI with Model Context Protocol (MCP)
PPTX
20250228 LYD VKU AI Blended-Learning.pptx
PPTX
VMware vSphere Foundation How to Sell Presentation-Ver1.4-2-14-2024.pptx
PDF
Electronic commerce courselecture one. Pdf
PPTX
Understanding_Digital_Forensics_Presentation.pptx
PDF
Reach Out and Touch Someone: Haptics and Empathic Computing
PDF
Per capita expenditure prediction using model stacking based on satellite ima...
PDF
cuic standard and advanced reporting.pdf
PPT
Teaching material agriculture food technology
PDF
TokAI - TikTok AI Agent : The First AI Application That Analyzes 10,000+ Vira...
PPTX
MYSQL Presentation for SQL database connectivity
PDF
NewMind AI Weekly Chronicles - August'25 Week I
PPTX
KOM of Painting work and Equipment Insulation REV00 update 25-dec.pptx
PDF
Network Security Unit 5.pdf for BCA BBA.
PDF
Peak of Data & AI Encore- AI for Metadata and Smarter Workflows
PPTX
Big Data Technologies - Introduction.pptx
PDF
Blue Purple Modern Animated Computer Science Presentation.pdf.pdf
PPTX
Digital-Transformation-Roadmap-for-Companies.pptx
Advanced methodologies resolving dimensionality complications for autism neur...
Diabetes mellitus diagnosis method based random forest with bat algorithm
Unlocking AI with Model Context Protocol (MCP)
20250228 LYD VKU AI Blended-Learning.pptx
VMware vSphere Foundation How to Sell Presentation-Ver1.4-2-14-2024.pptx
Electronic commerce courselecture one. Pdf
Understanding_Digital_Forensics_Presentation.pptx
Reach Out and Touch Someone: Haptics and Empathic Computing
Per capita expenditure prediction using model stacking based on satellite ima...
cuic standard and advanced reporting.pdf
Teaching material agriculture food technology
TokAI - TikTok AI Agent : The First AI Application That Analyzes 10,000+ Vira...
MYSQL Presentation for SQL database connectivity
NewMind AI Weekly Chronicles - August'25 Week I
KOM of Painting work and Equipment Insulation REV00 update 25-dec.pptx
Network Security Unit 5.pdf for BCA BBA.
Peak of Data & AI Encore- AI for Metadata and Smarter Workflows
Big Data Technologies - Introduction.pptx
Blue Purple Modern Animated Computer Science Presentation.pdf.pdf
Digital-Transformation-Roadmap-for-Companies.pptx

Gigaset CL750A GO Sculpture User Guide

  • 1. Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Cover_front_LUG.fm / 7/24/15 Sculpture CL750A GO You can find the most up-to-date user guide at www.gigaset.com/manuals User guide online on your smartphone or tablet: Download the Gigaset Help app
  • 2. 2 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / GO_intro.fm / 7/24/15 Gigaset GO: For the fixed line network with a future Make telephony at home flexible with this Gigaset GO phone. There are three connection alternatives, as well as all the GO functions. Making calls using the analogue fixed line network Connect the phone to your analogue fixed line connection (PSTN). Plug the phone cable into the fixed line connection. You can then • Use the analogue line to make phone calls • Use the integrated answer machine • Use the other functions of your Gigaset phone (directory, call lists etc.) Making calls over the Internet Connect the phone to a router . In this case, ignore the phone cable and plug the network cable into a LAN connection on your router. Register the phone with your internet telephony provider (IP). With this connection, you can • Make two calls at the same time • Assign a separate number to each handset • Make calls using different telephony providers • Set up three answer machines with individual recording and advisory texts • Use the other functions of your Gigaset phone (directory, call lists etc.). Making calls using the analogue fixed line network and over the Internet If you have both an analogue fixed line connection and an Internet connection, you can use the functions of both connections, e. g. make a fixed line call and two Internet calls at the same time. New functions of the Gigaset GO phones In addition to the functions of previous analogue or IP phones, Gigaset GO phones also offer further new options: • Make calls between Gigaset GO phones across the world free of charge via Gigaset.net • Display online services information, e. g. weather tickers or eBay messages • Use online directories (not available in all countries) • Use cloud services and smartphone apps for connecting between fixed line network phones and smartphones: e. g. receive notifications on your smartphone if there is an incoming call or a voice message on the GO phone at home or transfer smartphone contacts to the GO phone The range of functions is constantly updated. Further information about Gigaset GO can be found at www.gigaset.com/go
  • 3. 3 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOIVZ.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Contents Contents Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Base station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Set-up (overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Using the user guide effectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Getting started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Base station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Setting up an IP account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Using the telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Getting to know your telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Making calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Making calls via the Internet (VoIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Provider-specific functions (network services) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Message lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Local handset directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Online directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Gigaset.net directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Answer machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Local answer machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Network mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Set fast access for the answer machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Additional functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Baby monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 ECO DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Protection against unwanted calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 SMS (text messages) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 E-Mail notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Info Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Expanding the functionality of the telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Multiple handsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Operation with a PABX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
  • 4. 4 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Contents Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOIVZ.fm / 7/24/15 Adjusting the telephone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Internet telephony (VoIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Web configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Service (Customer Care) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Manufacturer's advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Display icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Menu overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Open Source Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Not all functions described in the user guide are available in all countries or from all network providers.
  • 5. 5 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / overview_1 _GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 2 3 5 1 11 INT1 Calls Calendar 12 6 10 8 9 4 7 A
  • 6. 6 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Overview Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / overview_2_GO.fm / 7/24/15 Overview Base station Handset 1 Display 2 Status bar ( p. 123) Icons display current settings and operating status of the telephone 3 Display keys ( p. 20) 4 Message key ( p. 34) Access to the call and message lists; Flashes: new message or new call 5 End call key, On/off key End call; cancel function; Go back one menu level Press briefly Return to idle status Press and hold Switch the handset on/off (in idle status) Press and hold 6 Hash key Lock/unlock the keypad (in idle status) Press and hold Toggle between upper/lower case and digits (when inputting text) Press briefly Insert a dialling pause Press and hold 7 Recall key Consultation call (flash) Press and hold 8 Microphone 9 Star key Switch between pulse dialling/ tone dialling (during existing connection) Press briefly Open special characters table (when inputting text) Press briefly 10 Key 1 Select answer machine/ network mailbox Press and hold 11 Talk key / Handsfree key Accept call; dial number displayed; switch between receiver and handsfree mode; send SMS (when composing an SMS) Open the redial list Press briefly Start dialling Press and hold 12 Control key / menu key ( p. 19) A Registration/paging key Locate a handset (paging); Show IP address on handset Press briefly Register handset Press and hold Illuminated: LAN connection active (phone is connected to router) Flashes: Data transfer to LAN connection
  • 7. 7 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / installing_overview.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Set-up (overview) Set-up (overview) Fixed line network and Internet telephony Setting up the handset for use Connecting the base to the mains power supply Fixed line network telephony Connecting the base to the analogue telephone network Internet telephony (IP) Connecting the base to a router Setting up an IP account ¤ Press the Message key on the handset or ¤ use the web configurator on a PC/tablet http://www.gigaset-config.com Done! GO functions ¤ Connect the base to router ¤ Download apps onto your smartphone (e.g. Gigaset elements, Gigaset ContactsPush) ¤ Register your phone with Gigaset elements
  • 8. 8 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Using the user guide effectively Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / user_guide_operating_steps.fm / 7/24/15 Using the user guide effectively Icons Keys Display keys, e. g. OK, Back, Select, Change, Save Procedures Example: Switching Auto answer on/off Illustration in the user guide: ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Auto Answer Change ( = on) Warnings, which, if not heeded, can result in injury to persons or damage to devices. Important information regarding function and appropriate handling or functions that could generate costs. Prerequisite for being able to carry out the following action. Additional helpful information. Talk key / Handsfree key or and End call key Number / letter keys to Star key / Hash key Message key / Recall key Control key rim / centre Step Follow this procedure ¤ When in idle status press the centre of the control key. The main menu opens. ¤ ¤ OK Navigate to the icon using the control key . Select OK to confirm. The submenu Settings opens. ¤ Telephony ¤ OK Select the Telephony entry using the control key . Select OK to confirm. The submenu Telephony opens. ¤ Auto Answer The function to switch Auto answer on/off appears as the first menu item. ¤ Change Select Change to activate or deactivate. Function is activated /deacti- vated .
  • 9. 9 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / security.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Safety precautions Safety precautions Read the safety precautions and the user guide before use. The device cannot be used in the event of a power failure. In case of a power failure it is also not possible to make emergency calls. Emergency numbers cannot be dialled if the keypad/display lock is activated! Do not use the devices in environments with a potential explosion hazard (e.g. paint shops). The devices are not splashproof. For this reason do not install them in a damp environ- ment such as bathrooms or shower rooms. Use only the power adapter indicated on the device. Use only the cables supplied for fixed line and LAN connection and connect these to the intended ports only. Use only rechargeable batteries that correspond to the specification (see "Specifica- tions"). Never use a conventional (non-rechargeable) battery or other battery types as this could result in significant health risks and personal injury. Rechargeable batteries, which are noticeably damaged, must be replaced. Remove faulty devices from use or have them repaired by our Service team, as these could interfere with other wireless services. Do not use the device ifthe display iscracked orbroken. Brokenglass orplastic can cause injury to hands and face. Send the device to our Service department to be repaired. Do not hold the rear of the handset to your ear when it is ringing or when speaker mode is activated. Otherwise you risk serious and permanent damage to your hearing. The phone may cause interference in analogue hearing aids (humming or whistling) or cause them to overload. If you require assistance, please contact the hearing aid supplier. Using your telephone may affect nearby medical equipment. Be aware of the technical conditions in your particular environment, e.g. doctor's surgery. If you use a medical device (e.g. a pacemaker), please contact the device manufacturer. They will be able to advise you regarding the susceptibility of the device to external sources of high fre- quency energy (for the specifications of your Gigaset product see "Specifications").
  • 10. 10 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Getting started Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15 Getting started Contents of the package • One base station, • One power adapter for the base station, • One phone cable, • One LAN cable, • One handset, • One charging cradle including power adapter, • One battery cover, • Two batteries, • One user guide Models with multiple handsets, per handset: • One handset, • One charging cradle including power adapter, • Two batteries and one battery cover The base station and charging cradle are designed for use in closed, dry rooms within a temperature range of +5 °C to +45 °C. The device's feet do not usually leave any marks on surfaces. However, due to the mul- titude of different varnishes and polishes used on furniture, contact marks on the sur- faces cannot be completely ruled out. Never expose the telephone to heat sources, direct sunlight or other electrical devices. Protect your telephone from moisture, dust, corrosive liquids and vapours.
  • 11. 11 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Handset Handset Connecting the charging cradle Setting up the handset for use The display is protected by a plastic film. Please remove the protective film! Inserting the batteries ¤ Insert the batteries (for correct +/- direction, see diagram). ¤ Close the battery cover and apply pressure until it clicks into place. 2 1 3 ¤ Insert the jack of the power adapter into the power supply on the bottom of the charging cradle , turn it backwards and click into place. ¤ Run the cable through one of the cable channels . ¤ Plug the power adapter into the power socket . Toremovetheplugfromthe charging cradle again: ¤ Disconnect the power adapter from the mains power supply. ¤ Turn the jack forwards (unlock) and remove. 1 2 3 Only use rechargeable batteries, as this could otherwise result in significant health risks and personal injury. For example,the outer casing of the batteries could be destroyed or the batteries could explode. The device could also malfunction or be damaged as a result of using batteries that are not of the recommended type.
  • 12. 12 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Handset Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15 To re-open the battery cover: ¤ Reach into the recess and lift the cover. Charging the batteries ¤ Charge the batteries fully prior to first use in the charging cradle. The batteries are fully charged when the power icon disappears from the display. Changing the display language You can change the display language, if the telephone has been set to an incomprehensible language. ¤ Press the centre of the control key . ¤ Press the keys and slowly and successively . . . the language settings display appears, the set language (e. g. English) is highlighted ( = selected). ¤ Selecting a different language: Press the control key , until the desired language is highlighted on the display, e. g. Francais press the key on the right directly underneath the display to activate the language. ¤ To revert to idle status: Press and hold the End call key 7.5h Batteries may heat up during charging. This is not dangerous. After a time, the charge capacity of the battery will decrease for technical reasons. Handsets contained in the package have already been registered to the base. In the event that a handset is not registered however, (indicated by "Please register handset"), register the handset manually ( p. 76). Deutsch English Francais
  • 13. 13 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Base station Base station Connecting to the mains power supply ¤ Insert the power cable of the power adapter into the upper connection socket at the rear of the base station. ¤ Pushboth cablesintothe appropriatecable channels . ¤ Insert the power adapter into the power socket . Connecting to the analogue fixed line network ¤ Insert the phone cable into the lower connectionsocket attherearofthebase station. ¤ Pushboth cablesintothe appropriatecable channels . ¤ Insert the phone cable into the fixed line network connection . You can now use your phone to make calls via the fixed line network and you can be reached on your fixed line network number. An answer machine in the base station is set with a pre-recorded announcement in answer and record mode ( p. 45). Connecting to the Internet You will need to connect the phone to the Internet for Internet telephony (IP) and access to the Internet and home network and Gigaset GO functions. 1 3 2 1 2 3 Only use the supplied network cable. The network cable must always be connected in order to function, as the phone will not operate without a power supply. 1 3 2 4 5 1 2 3 Only use the supplied phone cable. The pin connections of phone cables may vary ( p. 57). For connecting to the Internet: a router connected to the Internet. For Internet telephony: a broadband Internet connection (e.g. DSL) with a flat rate.
  • 14. 14 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Setting up an IP account Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15 Connecting the base to a router ¤ Insert a jack from the Ethernet cable supplied into the LAN connection socket at the side of the base station . ¤ Insert the second jack of the Ether- net cable into an LAN connection socket on the router . As soon as the cable between the tele- phone and the router is plugged in and the router is switched on, the key on the front of the base station lights up (paging key). The phone is now connected to the Internet. Setting up an IP account So that you are able to make calls via the Internet (VoIP), you must have at least one IP account with an Internet telephony provider. You can register using the access data that you receive from your provider (user name, authentication name, password etc.). To register the phone with your provider, please use: • The VoIP wizard on the handset • Or the web configurator on a PC or tablet ( p. 101) 1 21 2 In order to be able to use all Gigaset GO functions, you may need to install apps on your smartphone and apply settings in the phone's web configurator, e.g. registering your phone with Gigaset elements. Further information about the settings web configurator Further information about Gigaset GO can be found at www.gigaset.com/go Data protection notice When the device is connected to the router, it will automatically contact the Gigaset Support Server. It will send the following device-specific information daily: • Serial number/item number • MAC address • Private IP address for the Gigaset in the LAN/its port numbers • Device name • Software version On the support server, this information is linked to the existing device-specific information: • Gigaset.net phone number • System-related/device-specific passwords Further information about the data stored in relation to the Gigaset.net Service can be found at: www.gigaset.net/privacy-policy You can configure up to six IP accounts.
  • 15. 15 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Setting up an IP account Registering using the VoIP wizard on the handset ¤ Press the Message key Yes . . . the wizard starts . . . scroll through the displayed text OK The display shows the possible IP accounts (IP 1 to IP 6). Accounts that are already configured are marked with . ¤ . . . Use to select the required account OK The wizard establishes a connection to the Gigaset configuration server on the Internet. Various profiles with general configuration data for different providers can be downloaded here. As soon as the handset battery has sufficient charge, the Message key on the handset will flash. If the wizard does not start properly or you have terminated it: Start the VoIP wizard using the handset menu ¤ . . . Use to select Settings OK Telephony OK VoIP Wizard If "New firmware available" is shown on the display, there is a firmware update available for your phone. To update firmware: Yes . . . the new firmware is loaded (takes approx. 6 mins.) The Message key will then flash again. ¤ To start configuration: Press the Message key . Select IP Account IP 1 IP 2 IP 3 IP 4 IP 5 Back OK If no Internet connection can be established, a corresponding error message will be generated. For more information, see "Questions and answers" Appendix ¤ Terminate the VoIP wizard: OK . . . The VoIP wizard will close Troubleshoot if necessary Open the wizard again later via the menu to configure the IP account.
  • 16. 16 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Setting up an IP account Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15 Select provider A list of countries is loaded. ¤ . . . Use to select the country in which you want to use the phone OK . . .alistofprovidersinthiscountryisdisplayed . . . use to select provider OK . . . the general configuration data for your provider is downloaded and stored in the phone Entering user data for your IP account You are required to enter your personal access data for your IP account, e. g. User ID, Password, . . . (depending on the provider). ¤ Enter registration data confirm each entry using OK Message on successful transfer: Your IP account is registered at your provider. The fixed line network connection is assigned to the handsets as a send connection. Please change the send connection to make calls over the Internet. Send and receive connections Assign the available phone connections (fixed line network, Gigaset.net and up to six IP connections) to the end devices as receive and, where necessary, send connections. End devices are the registered handsets and the three base answer machines. • Receive connection: Phone numbers you may be called on. Incoming calls are forwarded to the end devices for which the relevant connection is assigned as receive connection. • Send connection: A line that you use for an outgoing call. The corresponding number will be transferred to the recipient. You can assign each end device a number or the associated connection as a send connection. Each connection (number) of your phone can be both a send as well as a receive connection and can be assigned to several end devices. It may only be assigned to one answer machine as a receive connection. Select a Provider Provider 1 Provider 2 Provider 3 Provider 4 Provider 5 Back OK If your provider does not appear in the list: Terminate the wizard: Press and hold the End call key . . . the handset returns to idle status . . . set up the IP account using the web configurator Pay attention when entering access data, as it is case sensitive. ¤ To switch between lowercase, uppercase and number entry mode: Press the key ¤ To delete incorrectly entered characters: Press the display key ¤ To navigate within an entry field: Press right/left on the control key
  • 17. 17 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / starting_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Setting up an IP account Default assignment • All configured connections are assigned to the handsets and answer machine 1 as receive connections on delivery. • The fixed line network connection is assigned to the handsets as a send connection. If you have no fixed line network connection, no send connection is assigned. Change send connections ¤ . . . Use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Send Connections OK Select handset: ¤ . . . Use to select the handset on which you wish to change the default assignment OK . . . the current connection for outgoing calls assigned to the handset is displayed: Fixed Line (if you have a fixed line network connection) Change assignment: ¤ . . . use to select the desired connection or selectSel.at each call Save Sel. at each call: For each call, the line on which the call is established can be selected. You can now change the default assignment one after the other for all registered handsets. Change receive connection ¤ . . . Use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Rec. Connections OK Select handset or answer machine : ¤ . . . Use to select the handset or answer machine on which you wish to change the default assignment OK . . . the display shows an entry for each available phone connection (IP 1– IP 6, Gigaset.net, Fixed Line) Change assignment: ¤ . . . Use to select the desired connection . . . use to select Yes or No (Yes = calls to this connection will be diverted to the handset/answer machine ) Save INT 1 Connection for outgoing calls: < IP 1 > Back Save INT 1 Receive calls for IP 1: < Yes > Receive calls for Gigaset.net: Back Save Only one receive connection can be assigned per answer machine. One connection can only be assigned to one answer machine as a receive connection. If you assign a receive connection to an answer machine and this connection is already assigned to another answer machine, the "old" assignment is deleted.
  • 18. 18 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Getting to know your telephone Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / operating.fm / 7/24/15 Using the telephone Getting to know your telephone Switching the handset on/off Locking/unlocking the keypad The keypad lock prevents any accidental use of thetelephone. If thehandset is locked with a PIN, you need this to unlock it. Switch on: ¤ When the handset is switched off press and hold the End call key Switch off: ¤ When the handset is in idle status press and hold the End call key Switch on: ¤ Press and hold . . . the icon appears on the display Switch off: ¤ Press and hold . . . use to enter the handset PIN (if other than 0000) If a call is indicated on the handset, the keypad automatically unlocks and you can accept the call. It then locks again when the call is finished. It is not possible to call emergency numbers either when keypad lock is activated.
  • 19. 19 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / operating.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Getting to know your telephone Control key In the description below, the side of the control key (up, down, right, left) that you have to press in the different operating situations is marked in black, e. g. for "press right on the control key" or for "press the centre of the control key". In idle status In submenus, selection and entry fields During a conversation The control key enables you to navigate the menus and input fields, and also to call up certain functions depending on the situation. Open the directory Press briefly Open the list of available online directories Press and hold Open the main menu or Open the list of handsets Confirm a function Open the directory Open the list of available online directories Press and hold Mute the microphone Initiate an internal consultation call Adjust the loudspeaker volume for receiver and handsfree mode
  • 20. 20 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Getting to know your telephone Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / operating.fm / 7/24/15 Display keys The display keys perform a range of functions depending on the operating situation. Display key icons p. 123. Menu guidance The functions of your telephone are displayed in a menu that consists of several levels p. 124 Select/confirm functions Main menu In idle status: Press the centre of the control key . . . use the control key to select a submenu OK The main menu functions are shown in the display as icons. The icon for the selected function is highlighted in colour and the name of the associated function appears in the display header. The display keys have a function preset by default in idle status. Change the assignment: p. 86 Confirm selection using OK or press the middle of the control key One menu level back using Back Change to idle status by Press and hold Switch function on/off using Change on / off Activate/deactivate option using Select activated / not activated Current display key functions Display keys Back Save Settings Back OK Example
  • 21. 21 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / operating.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Getting to know your telephone Submenus The functions in the submenus are displayed as lists. To access a function: . . . use the control key to select a function OK Return to the previous menu level: ¤ Press the display key Back or ¤ Press the End call key briefly Returning to idle status ¤ Press and hold the End call key Entering text Input position ¤ Use to select an entry field. A field is activated when the cursor is blinking inside it. ¤ Use to move the position of the cursor. Correcting incorrect entries • Delete characters to the left of the cursor: Press briefly • Delete words to the left of the cursor: Press and hold Entering letters/characters Multiple letters and numbers are assigned to each key between and and the key. As soon as a key is pressed, the possible characters are displayed at the bottom of the display. The selected character is highlighted. • Selecting letters/digits: Press the key briefly several times in succession • Switch between lower case, upper case and number entry mode: Press the hash key When editing a directory entry, the first letter and each letter following a space is automatically in upper case. • Entering special characters: Press the star key . . . use to navigate to the desired character Insert If a key is not pressed, after 2 minutes the display will automatically change to idle sta- tus. The availability of special characters depends on the character set of the handset, p. 122. Settings Date/Time Audio Settings Display Language Registration Back OK Example New Entry First Name: Peter Surname: Phone (Home): Abc ‚ Save
  • 22. 22 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Making calls Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony.fm / 7/24/15 Making calls Making calls ¤ . . . use to enter the number briefly press the Talk key The connection is selected by the send connection set for the handset (line). To use another line: ¤ Press and hold the Talk key . . . use to select the line Dial . . . use to enter the number . . . the number is dialled approximately 3 seconds after the last digit is entered Cancel dialling: Press the End call key Dialling from the directory ¤ . . . use to open the directory . . . use to select an entry press the Talk key If multiple numbers are entered: ¤ . . . use to select a number press the Talk key . . . the number is dialled Dialling from the redial list The redial list contains the 20 numbers last dialled with the handset. ¤ Briefly press the Talk key . . . the redial list is opened . . . use to select an entry press the Talk key If a name is displayed: ¤ View . . . the number is displayed . . . use to browse numbers if necessary . . . when the desired number is reached press the Talk key Managing entries in the redial list ¤ Briefly press the Talk key . . . the redial list is opened . . . use to select an entry Options . . . possible options: Information for Calling Line Identification: p. 29 If the display backlight is deactivated, you can reactivate it by pressing any key. Digit keys that are pressed appear in the display for pre-dialling, other keys have no further function. For fast access (quick dial): Assign numbers from the directory to the digit or display keys. Choose from: a public directory p. 41, the Gigaset.net directory p. 43 Copy an entry to the directory: Copy to Directory OK Copy the number to the display: ¤ Display number OK . . . use to amend or add numbers if necessary . . . use to save as a new entry in the directory Delete the selected entry: Delete entry OK Delete all entries: Delete List OK
  • 23. 23 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Making calls Dialling from the call list The call lists ( p. 36) contain the most recent accepted, outgoing and missed calls. ¤ . . . use to select Call Lists OK . . . use to select a list OK . . . use to select an entry Press the Talk key One touch call A saved number isdialled by pressingany key. This allows children who are not yet able to enter a number to call a certain number, for example. Activate one touch call mode: ¤ . . . use to select Additional Features OK One Touch Call OK . . . use to activate Activation Call to . . . use to enter the number Save . . . the active one touch mode is shown in the idle display Make a one touch call: Press any key . . . the saved number is dialled Cancel dialling: Press the End call key . End one touch call: Press and hold the End call key Incoming calls An incoming call is indicated by ringing, by a display on the screen and by the flashing Talk key . Accept a call: • Press the Talk key • If Auto Answer is activated: Remove the handset from the charging cradle • Forward to the answer machine ( p. 45): (for calls to the fixed line number) Switch off ringtone: Silence . . . the call can be accepted for as long as it is shown on the display The call lists can be displayed directly by pressing the display key Calls if the relevant function has been assigned to the display key. The Missed calls list can also be opened by pressing the Message key . All calls Frank 14/02/2015, 15:40 089563795 13/02/2015, 15:32 Susan Black 11/02/2015, 13:20 View Options Example 07:15 INT 1 22 Feb OneTouchCall active 0891234567 OFF
  • 24. 24 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Making calls Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony.fm / 7/24/15 Information about the caller The caller's phone number is displayed. If the caller's number is saved in the directory, the name is displayed. Accepting/rejecting call waiting A call waiting tone indicates a call during an external call. The number or the name of the caller is displayed if the phone number is transferred. • Reject a call: Options Reject waiting call OK • Accept a call: Accept . . . speak to the new caller. The previous call is placed on hold. • End the call, resume the on-hold call: Press the End call key . Making internal calls ¤ Press briefly . . . the handset list is opened, this handset is indicated by < . . . use to select handset or Call all (group call) Press the Talk key Fast access for group call: ¤ Press briefly or press and hold Internal consultation call/internal transfer Call an external participant and transfer the call to an internal participant or hold a consultation call with him or her. ¤ . . . the list of handsets is opened . . . use to select a handset or Call all OK . . . the internal participant(s) are called . . . possible options: The caller's number will be transferred ( p. 29). Multiple handsets have been registered to the base station ( p. 76). Internal calls to other handsets registered to the same base station are free of charge. You hear the busy tone if: • there is already an internal connection • The handset being called is not available (deactivated, outside of range). • The internal call is not accepted within 3 minutes. Hold a consultation call: ¤ Speak to the internal participant Return to the external call: ¤ Options End active call OK Transfer the external call when the internal participant has answered: ¤ Announce an external call Press the End call key
  • 25. 25 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Making calls Accepting/rejecting call waiting An external call arriving during an internal call is indicated with a call waiting tone. If the number is transferred, you will see the number or the name of the caller on the display. • Rejecting a call: Reject The call waiting tone is turned off. The call continues to be indicated on the other registered handsets. • Accepting a call: Accept . . . Speak to the new caller, the previous call is placed on hold. Internal call waiting during an external call If an internal participant attempts to call you while you are involved in anexternal orinternal call, this call is shown on the display (Call Waiting). • End display: Press any key • Accept the internal call: End your current call The internal call is indicated in the usual way. You can accept the call. During a conversation Handsfree mode Activating/deactivating handsfree mode during a call, when establishing a connection and when listening to the answer machine: ¤ Press the handsfree key Call volume Applies to the current mode (handsfree, receiver or headset): Muting the microphone When the microphone is switched off, callers will no longer hear you. Switch the microphone on/off during a call: Press . Transfer the external call before the internal participant answers: ¤ Press the End call key . . . the external call is forwarded immediately. If the internal participant does not answer or the line is busy, the external call will automatically return to you. End the internal call if the internal participant does not answer or the line is busy: ¤ End . . . You return to the external call ¤ Press . . . use to set the volume Save The setting is automatically saved after around 3 seconds, even if Save is not pressed.
  • 26. 26 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Making calls via the Internet (VoIP) Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony_voip.fm / 7/24/15 Making calls via the Internet (VoIP) Internet telephony is available via provider IP accounts and Gigaset.net. This chapter contains information on requirements for making calls via VoIP. Standard functions for making calls p. 22. Making a call Permanently assigned send connection Use assigned send connection: ¤ Use to enter the number Briefly press the Talk key Change the send connection: ¤ Press and hold the Talk key . . . Use to select the connection Dial . . . Use to enter the number . . . The number is dialled approximately 3.5 seconds after the last digit is entered Selecting a connection at each call ¤ Use to enter the number Press the Talk key . . . Use to select the connection Dial The phone is connected to the Internet. VoIP via a provider: At least one IP account has been set up ( p. 94). VoIP via Gigaset.net: The phone has been registered to Gigaset.net ( p. 95). Send and receive connections are assigned ( p. 95). Maximum number of IP accounts: 6 Maximum number of concurrent Internet calls: 2 A fixed send connection is assigned to the handset. Numbers ending with the suffix #9 are automatically dialled via the Gigaset.net connection ( p. 94). The calls are free of charge. Instead of a send connection, "Sel. at each call" is assigned to the handset.
  • 27. 27 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony_voip.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Making calls via the Internet (VoIP) Using an alternative connection/connection list on the display key ¤ Press the display key Sel. Line . . . Use to select the connection Dial . . . Use to enter the number . . . The number is dialled approximately 3.5 seconds after the last digit is entered Any dialling plan that has been defined for the dialled phone number is ignored. The selected send connection is always used. Calling an IP address (provider-dependent) ¤ Use the star key to separate the sections of the IP address (e.g. 149*246*122*28). ¤ Use the hash key to attach the SIP port number of the call participant to the IP address (e.g. 149*246*122*28#5060). If the provider does not support the dialling of IP addresses, each part of the address will be interpreted as a normal phone number. Incoming calls Accept a call: Press the Talk key . Reject a call: Press the End call key Diverting a call to answer machine ( p. 45) Options Divert to AM Call transfer Connecting an external call to a VoIP connection with a second external participant (depending on the provider). ¤ Use the display key Ext. Call to establish an external consultation call . . . Use to enter the number of the second participant . . . The active call is placed on hold . . . The second participant is called and picks up Press the key . . . the call is transferred An "alternative connection" or the list of all configured connections is assigned to a display key. Only calls to the receive connections assigned to the handset are signalled. If no receive connections have been assigned, all incoming calls are signalled on all registered handsets. If receive connections are configured but a connection is not assigned to a handset or answer machine, calls for this connection are not signalled. If the number is only assigned to an answer machine, the call will not be signalled. If the answer machine is switched on, it will accept the call. Further settings for call transfer in Web configurator ¤ Settings Telephony Advanced VoIP Settings
  • 28. 28 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Making calls via the Internet (VoIP) Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / telephony_voip.fm / 7/24/15 Call transfer – ECT (Explicit Call Transfer) Activate/deactivate ECT ¤ . . . Use to select Select Services OK Transfer (ECT) Change ( = on) Transferring a call You are making an external call via a VoIP connection and wish to transfer the call to another external participant. The external call is held in the same way as it is during call transfer. ¤ Press the End call key (during a conversation or before the second participant has answered). The feature is supported by the network provider.
  • 29. 29 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / netservices.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Provider-specific functions (network services) Provider-specific functions (network services) Network services depend on the network (analogue fixed line network or IP telephony) and on the network provider (service provider) and must be requested from that provider if required. You will find a description of the features on your network provider's website or at one of their store branches. If you require assistance, please contact your network provider. Network services fall into two distinct groups: • Network services thatare activated when in idle status for the followingcall or all subsequent calls (for example, "calling anonymously"). These are activated/deactivated via the Select Services menu. • Network services that are activated during an external call, (for example,"consultation call" and "swapping between two callers"). These are made available during an external call either as an option or by using a display key (e.g. Ext. Call). Calling Line Identification During a call, the caller's number is transferred (CLI = Calling Line Identification) and may be dis- played on the recipient's display (CLIP = CLI presentation). If the caller's number is withheld, it will not be displayed to the recipient. The call is made anonymously (CLIR = CLI Restriction). Caller display for incoming calls Calling Line Identification The caller's phone number is displayed. If the caller's number is saved in the directory, the name is displayed. No Calling Line Identification Instead of name and number, the following is displayed: • External: No number has been transferred. • Withheld: Caller has withheld Calling Line Identification. • Unavailable: Caller has not authorised Calling Line Identification. Requestingnetwork services mayincuradditionalcosts. Please consult your network provider. To activate/deactivate the features, a code is sent to the telephone network. ¤ After a confirmation tone from the telephone network, press . It is not possible to reprogram the network services.
  • 30. 30 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Provider-specific functions (network services) Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / netservices.fm / 7/24/15 Calling Line Identification for outgoing calls Switching Calling Line Identification on/off for all calls These settings apply to all registered handsets. ¤ . . . use to select Select Services OK All Calls Anonym. Change ( = activated) Deactivating Calling Line Identification for the next call ¤ . . . use to select Select Services OK Next Call Anonym. OK . . . use to enter the number Dial . . . the connection is established without Calling Line Identification Transferring the name from the online directory It is also possible to display the name of the caller as stored in the online directory instead of the number. Call waiting during an external call During an external call, a call waiting tone indicates another external caller. If the number is being transferred, you will see the number or the name of the caller on the display. Reject waiting caller: ¤ Options Reject waiting call OK . . . the waiting caller hears the busy tone Accept the waiting call: ¤ Accept Once you have accepted the waiting call, you can switch between the two callers ("Call swapping" p. 33) or speak to both simultaneously. Activating/deactivating call waiting ¤ . . . use to select Select Services OK Call Waiting OK . . . then Call waiting is activated or deactivated for all registered handsets. The provider of the online directory supports this function. The "Display caller name" function has been activated via the Web configurator. The caller has authorised Calling Line Identification and has not withheld the function. The telephone is connected to the Internet. The caller's number is not saved in the handset's local directory. Switch on/off: ¤ Status: . . . use to select On or Off Activate: ¤ Send Call Waiting 1234567 Accept Options
  • 31. 31 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / netservices.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Provider-specific functions (network services) Ringback If busy/no answer If a call recipient is unavailable, you can initiate a ringback. • If busy: The ringback takes place as soon as the participant in question terminates the current call. • If no answer: The ringback takes place as soon as the participant in question has made another call. Initiate ringback ¤ Options Ringback OK Press the End call key Cancelling ringback ¤ . . . use to select Select Services OK Ringback Off OK . . . You will receive a confirmation from the telephone network Press the End call key Call divert When diverting a call, the call is forwarded to another connection. A distinction is made between • Diverting calls to an external phone number and • Diverting calls internally Diverting calls to an external connection ¤ . . . use to select Select Services OK Call Divert OK . . . use to select receive connection OK . . . then You can only activate one ringback at a time. Activating a ringback will automatically cancel any ringback that is already active. The ringback can only be received on the handset that activated the ringback. If the ringback is indicated before you are able to cancel it: Press the End call key A call divert can be set up for every connection (fixed line number and VoIP connection) that has been assigned to the handset as a receive connection ( p. 95). Switch on/off: Status: . . . use to select On or Off Enter the number for call diverting: ¤ To Phone Number . . . use to enter the number ¤ Enter a different Gigaset.net number to divert the Gigaset.net number.
  • 32. 32 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Provider-specific functions (network services) Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / netservices.fm / 7/24/15 For call divert with a fixed line connection: A connection is established to the telephone network . . . a confirmation is sent from the telephone network Press the End call key Internal Call Divert Divert external calls that are made to one of the receive connections of the handset ( p. 95), to a different handset. ¤ . . . use to select Select Services OK Call Divert OK Internal OK . . . then Internal calls are diverted once only. If calls to the handset are diverted to another handset (e.g. INT 1) that also has call divert activated (e.g. to INT 2), this second call divert is not initiated. The calls are indicated on handset INT 1. Set the time for call divert: ¤ When . . . use to select the time for call divert All Calls: Calls are diverted immediately No Answer: Calls are diverted if no one accepts the call within several rings. When Busy: Calls are diverted if the line is busy. Activate: Send Diverting calls may incur additional costs. Please consult your network provider. Switch on/off: Activation . . . use to select On or Off Select the handset: ¤ To Handset . . . use to select an internal participant No Handset is displayed if internal Call Divert has not been set previously or if the previously set handset is no longer registered. Delay time for answering the call: ¤ Ring Delay . . . use to select None / 10 sec. / 20 sec. / 30 sec. None: The call is immediately diverted. Activate: Save Any call that has been diverted is entered in the call lists.
  • 33. 33 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / netservices.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Provider-specific functions (network services) Calls with three participants Consultation calls Make another external call during an external call. The first call is placed on hold. ¤ Ext. Call . . . use to enter the number of the second participant . . . the active call is placed on hold and the second participant is called If the second participant does not answer: End Ending a consultation call ¤ Options End active call OK . . . the connection to the first caller is reactivated or ¤ Press the End call key . . . a recall to the first participant is initiated Call swapping Switching between two calls. The other call is placed on hold. ¤ During an external call, dial the number of a second participant (consultation call) or accept a waiting caller . . . the display shows the numbers and/or names of both call participants, the current participant is marked with . ¤ Use the control key to switch back and forth between participants Ending a currently active call ¤ Options End active call OK . . . the connection to the other caller is reactivated or ¤ Press the End call key . . . a recall to the first participant is initiated Consultation Call to: 12 On hold: 025167435 End Options Call Swap 1234567 025167435 08:15 Conference Options
  • 34. 34 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Message lists Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / call_list.fm / 7/24/15 Message lists Notifications about missed calls, messages on the answer machine/network mailbox, received SMS messages and missed alarms are saved in the messages list. As soon asa newmessage arrives, an advisory tonewillsound. The Message key also flashes (if activated p. 35). Icons for mes- sage types and the number of new messages are shown on the idle display. Notification for the following message types is available: on the answer machine/network mailbox in the missed calls list in the SMS message list in the missed alarms list Display messages: ¤ Press the Message key . . . Messages lists that contain messages are displayed, Mailbox: is always displayed An entry is marked in bold: new messages are available. The number of new messages is shown in brackets. An entry is not marked in bold: no new messages. The number of old messages is shown in brackets. ¤ . . . use to select a list OK . . . the calls or messages are listed Network mailbox: The network mailbox number is dialled ( p. 51). The icon for the network mailbox is always displayed, provided the number is stored in the telephone. The other lists are only displayed if they contain messages. The messages list contains an entry for each of the handset's answer machines ( p. 45 / p. 51). 07:15 INT 1 14 Oct 02 10 09 08 Calls Calendar Example Messages & Calls Missed Calls: (5) Answer Mach.: 1 (1) SMS: (4) Missed Alarms: (2) Back OK Example
  • 35. 35 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / call_list.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Message lists Activating/deactivating Message key flashing Receipt of new messages is displayed by a flashing message key on the handset. This type of alert can be activated/deactivated for each message type. In idle status: ¤ Press keys . . . the number 9 appears in the display . . . use to select the message type: . . . the number 9 followed by the entry (e.g. 975) is displayed, the current setting for the select message type flashes in the entry field (e.g. 0) . . . use to set the action for the arrival of new messages: ¤ . . . confirm selected setting with OK or ¤ return to idle display without making changes: Back Messages on the network mailbox ¤ missed calls ¤ new SMS ¤ Messages on the answer machine ¤ The Message key flashes ¤ The Message key does not flash ¤ Gigaset GO: The telephone will send a notification of newly received calls to your smartphone. The Gigaset elements app has been installed on the smartphone. The telephone has been registered with Gigaset elements ( web configu- rator). Further information about Gigaset GO can be found at www.gigaset.com/go System 975 SET: [0] Back OK
  • 36. 36 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Call lists Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / call_list.fm / 7/24/15 Call lists The telephone saves different types of calls (missed, accepted and outgoing calls) in lists. List entry The following information is displayed in the list entries: • The list type (in the header) • Icon for the type of entry: Missed calls, Accepted calls, Outgoing calls, Call on the answer machine • Caller's number. If the number is stored in the directory, the name and number type ( Phone (Home), Phone (Office), Phone (Mobile)) are shown instead. In the event of missed calls, the number of missed calls from this number is also shown in square brackets. • Connection by which the call was received/made • Date and time of call (if set) Opening the call list Calling back a caller from the call list ¤ . . . use to select Call Lists OK . . . use to select list OK . . . use to select entry Press the Talk key Additional options ¤ . . . use to select CallLists OK . . . use to select list OK . . . possible options: Via the display key: ¤ Calls . . . use to select the list OK Via the menu: ¤ . . . use to select Call Lists OK . . . use to select the list OK Via the Message key (missed calls): ¤ Press the Message key Missed Calls: OK View an entry: ¤ . . . use to select entry View Copy the number to the directory: ¤ . . . use to select entry Options Copy to Directory Delete an entry: ¤ . . . use to select entry Options Delete entry OK Delete list: ¤ Options Delete List OK Yes Information relating to unknown telephone numbers is available • free of charge via the reverse search facility in the online directory All calls Frank Today, 15:40 [3] 089563795 13/05/15, 18:32 Susan Black 12/05/2015, View Options Example
  • 37. 37 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Local handset directory Directories Local handset directory The local directory is unique to the handset. However, it is possible to send entries to other handsets ( p. 40). Opening the directory ¤ Briefly press in idle status Directory entries Creating an entry ¤ <New Entry> OK . . . use to switch between the entry fields and enter data for an entry: Names/numbers: ¤ . . . use to enter first names and/or surnames, at least one number (personal, office, or mobile) and an e-mail address, if applicable Anniversary: ¤ . . . use to activate/deactivate Anniversary . . . use to enter date and time . . . use to select type of alert (Visual only or a ringtone) Caller Melody (VIP): ¤ . . . use to select the ringtone that will indicate a call from the participant . . . if a Caller Melody (VIP) has been assigned, the entry will appear in the directory with the icon. Save entry: Save Number of entries: up to 200 Information: First name and surname, up to three telephone numbers, anniversary with alert, VIP ringtone with VIP icon Length of the entries: Numbers: max. 32 digits First name, surname: max. 16 characters The entry is only valid if it contains at least one number. For Caller Melody (VIP): the telephone number of the caller must be supplied. Example New Entry First Name: Robert Surname: I Phone (Home): Abc ‚ Save
  • 38. 38 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Local handset directory Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory.fm / 7/24/15 Searching for/selecting a directory entry ¤ . . . use to browse searched names or ¤ . . . use to enter initial letters (max. 8 letters) . . . the display jumps to the first name starting with these initial letters . . . use to continue browsing to the desired entry, if needed Scroll through directory: Press and hold Displaying/changing an entry ¤ . . . use to select entry View . . . use to select the field to be changed Edit or ¤ . . . use to select an entry Options Edit entry OK Deleting entries Delete the selected entry: . . . use to select an entry Options Delete entry OK Delete all entries: Options Delete List OK Yes Setting the order of the directory entries Directory entries can be sorted by first name or surname. ¤ Options Sort by Surname / Sort by First Name If no name was entered, the default telephone number is shown in the surname field. These entries appear at the beginning of the list, regardless of how the entries are sorted. The sort order is as follows: Space | Digits (0-9) | Letters (alphabetically) | Other characters. Displaying the number of entries available in the directory ¤ Options Available Memory OK
  • 39. 39 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Local handset directory Copying number to the directory Copy numbers to the directory: • From a list e.g. the call list or the redial list • From the text of an SMS • When dialling a number The number is displayed or highlighted. ¤ Press the display key or Options Copy to Directory OK . . . possible options: Create a new entry: ¤ <New Entry> OK . . . use to select number type OK complete entry Save Add number to an existing entry: ¤ . . . use to select an entry OK . . . use to select number type OK . . . the number is entered or a prompt to overwrite an existing number is displayed . . . if required, answer the prompt with Yes/No Save • From a public online directory or classified directory
  • 40. 40 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Local handset directory Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory.fm / 7/24/15 Copying an entry/directory Copying individual entries ¤ . . . use to select the desired entry Options Copy Entry OK to Internal OK . . . use to select the receiving handset OK . . . the entry is copied Copy the next entry after successful transfer: Press Yes or No Copying the entire directory ¤ Options Copy List OK to Internal OK . . . use to select the receiving handset OK . . . the entries are copied one after the other Copying directory entries from a smartphone (Gigaset GO) Further information is available at www.gigaset.com/lp/contactspush The sending and receiving handset must both be registered to the same base station. The other handset and the base station are able to send and receive directory entries. An external call interrupts the transfer. Caller pictures and sounds are not transferred. Only the date is transferred for an anniversary. Both handsets support vCards: • No entry with the name is available: a new entry is created. • An entry with the name is already available: The entry is expanded to include the new numbers. If the entry contains more numbers than allowed by the recipient handset, a second entry is created with the same name. The recipient handset does not support vCards: A separate entry is created and sent for each number. The sending handset does not support vCards: A new entry is created on the receiving handset and the transferred number is added to the Phone (Home) field. If an entry with this number already exists, the copied num- ber is discarded. Use vCard via SMS to send a directory entry in vCard format by SMS. The phone is connected to the Internet. The Gigaset ContactsPush app has been installed on the smartphone.
  • 41. 41 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory_IP.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Online directories Online directories Depending on the provider you can use public online directories, e. g. online directory and Yel- low Pages. Exclusion of liability Gigaset Communications GmbH assumes no guarantee or liability for the availability of this service. The service may be discontinued at any time. Opening an online directory/Yellow Pages ¤ Press and hold . . . The list of online directories is displayed with provider-specific names . . . Use to select the online directory or Yellow Pages from the list OK Searching for an entry ¤ Press and hold . . . Use to select a directory/Yellow Pages OK . . . Use to enter search criteria . . . Use to switch between the entry fields Search . . . then Searching for a telephone number: Enter name and town/city Town/city details unclear: . . . possible town/city names are displayed . . . use to select a town/city name OK Searching for a name (reverse search): Enter the number The online directory is configured via the Web configurator. Calls to the online directory are always free of charge. Name/category: ¤ . . . use to enter the name or the category (max. 30 characters) Town/city: The names of towns/cities most recently entered are displayed (maximum 5). ¤ . . . Use to enter the name of the town/city in which the participant you are searching for lives (max. 30 characters) ¤ or select one of the displayed town/city names using Start search: ¤ Search . . . the search will be started Number: ¤ . . . Use to enter the number (max. 30 characters) Start search: ¤ Search . . . the search is started The selected online directory supports the number search.
  • 42. 42 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Online directories Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory_IP.fm / 7/24/15 No entries found to match the search criteria given: • Start a new search: New • Change search criteria: Change Too many entries found: • Start a refined search: Refine • The number of hits appears in the display (depends on the provider). Display hit list: View Start a refined search The refined search limits the number of hits returned by a previous search using additional search criteria (first name and/or street). ¤ Refine or ¤ Options Refine Search OK . . . The search criteria are transferred from the previous search and are entered into the corresponding fields . . . Edit or add search criteria, e.g. enter first names or street Search Search result (hit list) The first entry found is displayed. The consecutive number of the entry displayed and the hit number is visible at the top right (e.g. 1/50). Scroll through the list: Display the full entry: ¤ View . . . all entry information is displayed in full . . . use to scroll through the entry Refine search criteria and restrict hit list: ¤ Options Refine Search OK ( p. 42) Start a new search: ¤ Options New Search OK Copy an entry to the local directory: ¤ Options Copy to Directory OK . . . Use to select <New Entry> or an existing entry OK Save . . . The entry is saved, the complete name is transferred to the Surname field of the local directory Calling participants ¤ Select entry Press the Talk key If the entry only contains one phone number, this is the one that is dialled. If the entry contains more than one number, a list of numbers is displayed. ¤ Select number Dial Online Directory 1/50 Sand, Marie Elisabe ... 0049123456789 Parkstraße 11 Berlin 12345 View Options Example
  • 43. 43 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory_IP.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Gigaset.net directory Gigaset.net directory The Gigaset.net directory contains all participants registered on Gigaset.net. Opening the Gigaset.net directory ¤ Press and hold . . . The list of online directories is opened Gigaset.net OK . . . The Gigaset.net directory is opened or ¤ . . . Use to dial the phone number of the Gigaset.net directory (1188#9) Press the Talk key . . . The Gigaset.net directory is opened Searching for participants on the Gigaset.net directory ¤ Press and hold Gigaset.net OK . . . use to enter a name or part of a name (max. 25 characters) Options Search OK Search successful: A hit list is displayed containing all the names that begin with the specified character string. The consecutive number of the marked entry and the hit number is visible at the top right (e.g. 1/5). ¤ . . . Use to scroll through the hit list No matching entry found: Start a new search: New Changesearch criteria: Change. . .thedefinednameiscopied . . . Change or extend name . . . Repeat search Too many matching entries, no hit list: Start a refined search: Refine . . . the defined name is copied . . . extend the name using . . . Repeat search Hit list too long: Start a refined search: Options Refine Search OK . . . the defined name is copied . . . extend the name using . . . Repeat search Desired participants not found: Start a new search: Options New Search OK . . . enter new name using . . . Repeat search When theGigaset.net directory isopened for the first time: Register withGigaset.net ( p. 95) Gigaset.net 1/5 Saal, Frank Sailor, Ben Sailor, Anna Sand, Marie Elisabe .... Sand, Otto View Options Example:
  • 44. 44 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Gigaset.net directory Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / directory_IP.fm / 7/24/15 Displaying an entry ¤ . . . Use to select participant from the hit list View . . . The display shows the Gigaset.net number and the participant's name. The name may appear over a number of lines ¤ . . . Use to display the name and number of the next/previous participant in the hit list Copying an entry to the local directory ¤ . . . use to select entry Options Copy to Directory OK . . . use to select <New Entry> or an existing entry OK change entry if necessary Save . . . The entry is saved, number and name (abbreviated if necessary, max. 16 characters) are copied to the local directory ( p. 37) Calling a Gigaset.net participant ¤ From the Gigaset.net directory: . . . Use to select participant in the hit list Press the Talk key or ¤ Enter number directly (in idle status): . . . Use to enter a Gigaset.net number (including #9) Press the Talk key or ¤ From the local directory: Briefly press . . . Use to select a Gigaset.net phone number Press the Talk key Editing and deleting your own entry ¤ Press and hold Gigaset.net OK Options Own Details OK . . . The Gigaset.net number and the current name are displayed. Entering/editing a name: ¤ Change . . . Use to delete the name if necessary . . . Use to change the name or enter a new name (max 25 characters) Save Every number ending with #9 is automatically dialled via Gigaset.net. Calls to the Gigaset.net directory are always free of charge. Note the data protection notice p. 95. If the name is deleted, the entry is deleted from the directory and will not longer be "visible" to other Gigaset.net participants. The Gigaset.net number can still be reached. Display a number during a call: Options Service Info OK
  • 45. 45 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Local answer machine Answer machine Local answer machine Switching the answer machine on/off The answer machine can be set to the following modes: ¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Activation OK . . . use to select AnswerMachine (if more than one answer machine is available) Change . . . then Once the telephone has been set up, an answer machine (AB1) is activated. There are two further answer machines available if, in addition to the fixed line connection, VoIP connections have been configured and one or more receive connections have been assigned to the answer machines. Each answer machine only accepts calls that are addressed to one of its receive connections and can only be operated using handsets to which at least one of its receive connections has been assigned. Receive connections can be set up using the web configurator. Answer & record The caller hears an announcement and is able to leave a message. Answer only The caller hears an announcement but cannot leave a message. Alternating The mode switches between Answer & record and Answer only at pre- determined times. Switch on/off: ¤ Activation: . . . use to select On or Off Set mode: ¤ Mode . . . use to select mode Set the time for Alternating mode: ¤ . . .use to switch between Recordfrom and Recorduntil . . . use to enter hours/minutes in 4-digit format to set the start and end of the period. (The time must be set.) Save settings: ¤ Save
  • 46. 46 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Local answer machine Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15 Operation using the handset Playing back messages ¤ Press and hold the key or ¤ Press the Message key Answer Mach.: OK or ¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Play Messages OK . . . use to select Answer Machine (if more than one answer machine is available) OK The answer machine begins immediately with message playback. New messages are played back first. Actions during playback • Control playback volume: Press the volume keys / • Stop playback: / or use the display key: Options • Continue playback: Press / again or use the display key: Continue • Go to the start of the current message: Press key • Repeat the last 5 seconds of the message: Press key • Skip to the next message: Press or key • Skip to previous message during the time stamp playback: ¤ Press or key • Skip to next message during the time stamp playback: ¤ Press key • Mark a message as "new": Press key or use the display key Options Mark as new OK An "old" message that has already been played back is displayed as a "new" message again. The key on the handset flashes. • Copying the phone number from a message to the directory: Options Copy to Directory . . . complete entry using • To delete a single message: Press Delete or key • Delete all old messages: Options Delete old list OK Yes Picking up a call from the answer machine You can pick up a call while the answer machine is recording or is being operated remotely: ¤ Press the Talk key or use display key Accept . . . recording is interrupted . . . speak to the caller If three seconds of the message have already been recorded when you accept the call, the message is saved. The Message key on the handset flashes. Key 1 is assigned to the answer machine.
  • 47. 47 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Local answer machine Forwarding an external call to the answer machine ¤ Press the display key . . . The answer machine starts immediately in answer and record mode and records the call. The set time for ring delay ( p. 47) is ignored Activating/deactivating two-way record Pick up an external call with the answer machine: ¤ Inform the caller of the two-way recording Options Two-way Record OK . . . two- way recording is indicated in the display by an advisory text and placed in the answer machine list as a new message End two-way recording: End Activating/deactivating call screening During recording of a message you can screen a call via the handset loudspeaker: Permanently switching call screening on/off: ¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Call Screening Change ( = on) . . . call screening is switched on/off for all registered handsets Switching off call screening for the current recording: ¤ Press the display key Silence or the End call key . . . Pick up call using Operating when on the move (remote operation) Access answer machine or switch answer machine on from another telephone (e.g.hotel,mobile phone). Switching on the answer machine ¤ Call the telephone connection and let it ring until the announcement "Please enter PIN" (approx. 50 seconds) . . . use to enter the telephone's system PIN within 10 seconds . . . the answer machine is switched on, the remaining memory is announced, messages are played back An external call is indicated on the handset. The answer machine is activated, is not in use and still has enough memory. The system PIN is set to something other than 0000 and the other telephone has tone dialling (DTMF). Incorrect PIN is entered or entry takes too long (more than 10 seconds): The connection is interrupted. The answer machine will remain deactivated. The answer machine cannot be deactivated remotely.
  • 48. 48 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Local answer machine Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15 Checking the answer machine ¤ Call the telephone connection . . . during the announcement press key . . . playback of the announcement is interrupted Enter system PIN You are informed whether any new messages have been recorded. Message playback begins. The answer machine is operated using the following keys: Cancelling remote operation ¤ Press the End call key or replace the receiver The answer machine is activated. During the time stamp playback: Skip to previous message. During message playback: Go to the start of the current message. Pause playback. Press again to resume. After a pause of approx. 60 seconds, the connection is ended. Go to the next message. Repeat the last 5 seconds of the message playback. During message playback: Delete current message. Change the status of a previously played back message to "new". The next message starts to play. The remaining memory is announced at the end of the last message. The answer machine will terminate the connection under the following circumstances: • The entered system PIN is incorrect. • There are no messages on the answer machine. • After the remaining memory announcement.
  • 49. 49 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Local answer machine Settings Recording a personal announcement/advisory message The phone is supplied with pre-recorded announcements for announcement and advisory mode. If a personal announcement has not been recorded, the relevant pre-recorded announcement is used. ¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Announcements OK . . . use to switch between Record Announcem. and Rec. Advisory Msg. OK . . . use to select Answer Machine (if more than one answer machine is available) OK OK . . . record your announcement (at least 3 seconds) . . . possible options Listening to announcements/advisory messages ¤ . . . use to select AnswerMachine OK Announcements OK . . . use to switch between Play Announcement and Play Advisory Msg. OK . . . use to select Answer Machine (if more than one answer machine is available) OK . . . the announcement is played back . . . possible options: If the answer machine's memory is full, it will switch to Answer only mode. ¤ Delete old messages . . . the answer machine switches back to Answer & record . . . repeat any recording Complete the recording and save: ¤ End . . . the announcement is played back for you to check Cancel the recording: ¤ Press the End call key or Back Resume the recording: ¤ OK Repeat the recording: ¤ New Recording ends automatically if the maximum recording time of 170 seconds is exceeded or there is a break in speech for more than 2 seconds. If the recording is cancelled, the default announcement is used. The recording is cancelled or not started if the answer machine memory is full. ¤ Delete old messages . . . the answer machine switches back to Answer & record mode . . . repeat the recording, if needed Cancel playback: ¤ Press the End call key or Back Cancel playback and record a new announcement: ¤ New
  • 50. 50 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Local answer machine Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15 Deleting announcements/advisory messages ¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Announcements OK . . . use to switch between Delete Announcem. and Del. Advisory Msg. OK . . . use to select Answer Machine (if more than one answer machine is available) OK Yes Once the announcement has been deleted, the relevant pre-recorded announcement is used again. Setting recording parameters ¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Recordings OK . . . then The following apply when setting is Automatic: • No new messages available: a call will be picked up after 18 seconds. • New messages available: a call will be picked up after 10 seconds. When checking messages remotely ( p. 47) it is therefore apparent after 15 seconds that there are no new messages waiting. No call costs are incurred if the call is ended immediately. Maximum recording time: ¤ Length: . . . use to select timeframe Recording quality: ¤ Quality . . . use to switch between Long Play and Excel- lent (at higher quality, the max. recording time will decrease) When should a call be picked up: ¤ Ring Delay . . . use to select a time Save settings: ¤ Save
  • 51. 51 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Network mailbox Network mailbox Each network mailbox accepts incoming calls made via the corresponding line (fixed line net- work or corresponding VoIP phone number). In order to record all calls, a network mailbox should be set up for both the fixed line network and the VoIP connection. Activating/deactivating the network mailbox, entering a number On the handset, you can manage the network mailboxes that are assigned to one of its receive connections. ¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Network Mailbox OK . . . use to select connection if applicable OK . . . then For a fixed line network/connection ¤ . . . use to enter or amend the network mailbox number Save For a VoIP connection Fixed line network connection: The network mailbox has been requested from the network provider. The network mailbox is automatically called via the corresponding connection. An automatic area code specific to the phone is not prefixed. The network mailbox messages can be played back using the phone's keypad (digit codes). For VoIP, you need to use the web configurator to define how the digit codes are to be converted to DTMF signals and transmitted. Ask your VoIP provider which type of DTMF transmission it supports. To activate/deactivate the network mailbox for the fixed line network connection use the phone number and a function code of your network provider. Please contact the network provider if you require any further information. Activate/deactivate network MB: ¤ Status . . . use to select On or Off Enter number: ¤ NetworkMailbox . . . use to enter or amend the network mailbox number With some VoIP providers, the phone number has already been downloaded together with the general VoIP provider data and saved to the base station. Save settings: ¤ Save
  • 52. 52 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Set fast access for the answer machine Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / answering_m.fm / 7/24/15 Playing back messages ¤ Press and hold or ¤ Press the Message key . . . use to select network mailbox (Net AM: Fixed Line / Mailbox: IP1) OK or ¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Play Messages OK . . . use to select network mailbox (Mailbox: Net AM: Fixed Line / Mailbox: IP1) OK Listen to announcement out loud: Press the handsfree key Set fast access for the answer machine It is possible to call a network mailbox or the telephone's local answer machine directly by pressing key . Assigning key 1, changing assignment Settings for the fast access are device-specific. A different answer machine can be assigned to key on each registered handset. The answer machine for the handset's receive connections are offered, e.g. Net AM: Fixed Line, Mailbox: IP1, Answer Machine. ¤ . . . use to select Answer Machine OK Set Key 1 OK . . . use to select answer machine Select ( = selected) Return to idle status: Press and hold the End call key Network mailbox If no number has yet been saved for the network mailbox: ¤ . . . use to make a change in the line Network Mailbox . . . use to enter the number of the network mailbox Save Press and hold the End call key (idle status) Key 1 has been assigned to the network mailbox.
  • 53. 53 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Calendar Additional functions Calendar You can remind yourself of up to 30 appointments. In the calendar, the current day is outlined in white; on days with appointments, the numbers are displayed in colour. When a day is selected, it will be outlined in colour. Saving appointments to the calendar ¤ . . . use to select Additional Features OK Calendar OK . . . use to select desired day OK . . . then Notification of appointments/anniversaries Anniversaries are transferred from the directory and displayed as an appointment. An appointment/anniversary is displayed in idle status and the selected ringtone plays for 60 seconds as a notification. • Acknowledge and stop the reminder: Press the display key OFF • Respond with SMS: Press the display key SMS . . . the SMS menu is displayed Date and time have been set. Switch on/off: ¤ Activation: . . . use to select On or Off Enter date: ¤ Date . . . the selected day has been pre-set . . . use to enter new date Enter time: ¤ Time . . . use to enter hours and minutes of the appointment Set name: ¤ Text . . . use to enter a description of the appointment (e.g. evening meal, meeting) Set alarm tone: ¤ Signal . . . use to select the melody of the reminder alarm or deactivate the acoustic signal Save appointment: ¤ Save If an appointment has already been entered: <New Entry> OK . . . Then enter information for the appointment. July 2015 Mo Tue We Th Fri Sat Su 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Back OK
  • 54. 54 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Calendar Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15 Displaying missed appointments/anniversaries The following appointments and anniversaries are saved in the Missed Alarms list: • The appointment/anniversary call was not acknowledged. • The appointment/anniversary was notified during a phone call. • The handset was switched off at the time of the appointment/anniversary. The last 10 entries are stored. The icon and the number of new entries are shown in the display. The most recent entry appears at the top of the list. Opening the list ¤ Press the Message key Missed Alarms: OK . . . use to browse through the list of any appointments or ¤ . . . use to select Additional Features OK Missed Alarms OK Each entry is displayed with the number or name, date and time. The most recent entry appears at the top of the list. • Delete an appointment/anniversary: Delete • Compose an SMS: SMS (only if the list has been opened via the menu) . . . the SMS menu is opened Displaying/changing/deleting stored appointments ¤ . . . use to select Additional Features OK Calendar OK . . . use to select day OK . . . the appointment list is displayed . . . use to select date . . . possible options: During a call, a reminder is indicated on the handset once with an advisory tone on the handset. Display appointment details: ¤ View . . . The appointment settings are displayed Change appointment:¤ View Edit or Options Edit entry OK Activate/deactivate appointment: ¤ Options Activate/Deactivate OK Delete appointment: ¤ Options Delete entry OK Delete all appointments for a day: ¤ Options Delete all Appoints. OK Yes
  • 55. 55 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Alarm clock Alarm clock Activating/deactivating the alarm clock and setting the wake-up time ¤ . . . use to select Additional Features OK Alarm Clock OK . . . then When the alarm clock is activated, the icon and the wake-up time are displayed in idle display. Alarm An alarm is shown on the display and indicated by the selected ringtone melody. The alarm sounds for 60 seconds. If no key is pressed, the alarm is repeated after 5 minutes. After the second repetition, the alarm call is deactivated for 24 hours. Switching off /repeating the alarm after an interval (snooze mode) Deactivate the alarm: OFF Repeat the alarm (snooze mode): Press Snooze or any key . . . the alarm is switched off and repeated after 5 minutes. Date and time have been set. Switch on/off: ¤ Activation: . . . use to select On or Off Setting the wake-up time: ¤ Time . . . use to enter hours and minutes Set days: ¤ Occurrence . . . use to switch between Monday-Friday and Daily Set the volume: ¤ Volume . . . use to set volume in 5 increments or select crescendo (increasing volume) Set alarm: ¤ Melody . . . use to select a ringtone for the alarm Save settings: ¤ Save During a call, the alarm is only indicated by a short tone.
  • 56. 56 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Baby monitor Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15 Baby monitor When the baby monitor is switched on, the stored (internal or external) destination number is called as soon as a defined noise level is exceeded in the vicinity of the handset. The alarm to an external number is cancelled after approximately 90 seconds. You can answer the alarm using the Two Way Talk function. This function is used to switch the loudspeaker of the handset located in the baby's room on or off. In baby monitor mode, incoming calls are only indicated on the display (without ringtone). The display backlight is reduced to 50%. Advisory tones are deactivated. All keys are locked, with the exception of the display keys and the ability to press the centre of the control key. If you accept an incoming call, the baby monitor mode is suspended for the duration of the call, but the function remains activated. The baby monitor mode is not deactivated by switching the handset off and on again. Activating and setting the baby monitor ¤ . . . use to select Additional Features OK Baby Monitor OK . . . then The destination number is displayed in idle display when the baby monitor is activated. The handset should be positioned 1 to 2 metres away from the baby. The microphone must point towards the baby. Activating the function reduces the operating time of your handset. For that reason, place the handset in the charging cradle if necessary. The baby monitor is activated 20 seconds after switching on. The answer machine for the destination number must be switched off. After switching on: ¤ Test sensitivity. ¤ Test the connection, if the alarm is being forwarded to an external number. Switch on/off: ¤ Activation: . . . use to select On or Off Enter destination: ¤ Send alarm to . . . use to select External or Internal External: Number . . . use to select number or select a number from the directory: Internal: Handset Change . . . use to select the handset OK Activate/deactivate two-way talk: ¤ Two Way Talk . . . use to select On or Off Set microphone sensitivity: ¤ Sensitivity . . . use to select High or Low Save settings: Save 07:15 INT 1 14 Oct Baby Monitor 0891234567 OFF Options Baby Monitor activated
  • 57. 57 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Baby monitor Deactivate baby monitor/cancel alarm Deactivate the baby monitor remotely ¤ Accept alarm call Press keys The baby monitor is deactivated and the handset is in idle status. The baby monitor settings on the handset (e.g. no ringtone) will remain activated until you press the display key OFF. Reactivate baby monitor with the same number: . . . Activation to switch back on ( p. 56) Save Deactivate the baby monitor: ¤ In idle status press the display key OFF Cancel the alarm: ¤ Press the End call key during an alarm The alarm is forwarded to an external destination number. The receiving phone supports tone dialling.
  • 58. 58 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 ECO DECT Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15 ECO DECT The device range is set to maximum as default. This guarantees the best connection between the handset and the base station. In idle status, the handset will not function (as it is not transmitting). Only the base station will maintain contact with the handset via a low wireless signal. During a call, the transmission power automatically adapts to the distance between the base station and handset. The smaller the distance to the base, the lower the radiation. To reduce the radiation further: Reducing radiation by up to 80% ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK ECO DECT OK Maximum Range Change ( = off) Deactivating radiation in idle status ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK ECO DECT OK No Radiation Change ( = on) The range is also reduced with this setting. It is not possible to use a repeater to increase the range. To benefit from the advantages of the setting No Radiation, all registered handsets must support this feature. If the setting No Radiation is activated and a handset is registered to the base that does not support this feature, No Radiation is automatically deactivated. As soon as this handset is de-registered, No Radiation will automatically be re-activated. The wireless connection will only be established for an incoming or outgoing call and the connection will be delayed by about 2 seconds. In order that a handset can establish a wireless connection with the base station more quickly for an incoming call, it must "listen" to the base station more often, i.e. scan the environment. This increases power consumption and reduces the standby and talk- time of the handset. When No Radiation is activated, there will be no range display/range alarm on the handset. Contactability can be tested by attempting to establish a connection. ¤ Press and hold the Talk key . . . the ringing tone will sound. Further information can be found at www.gigaset.com.
  • 59. 59 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Protection against unwanted calls Protection against unwanted calls Time control for external calls Enter a time period during which the handset should suspend ringing to indicate external calls e.g. during the night. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK Ringtones (Handset) OK Time Control OK . . . then Protection from anonymous callers The handset will not ring if callers' numbers are not revealed. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK Ringtones (Handset) OK Anon.Calls Silent Edit ( = on) . . . the call is only signalled on the display Black list When the black list function is activated, calls from black list numbers are not indicated or are only indicated in the display. These settings apply to all registered handsets. Transferring a number from a call list to the black list ¤ . . . use to select Call Lists OK . . . use to select Accepted calls/ Missed calls OK . . . use to select entry Options Copy to Blacklist OK Date and time have been set. Switch on/off: ¤ use to select On or Off Enter time: ¤ use to switch between Suspend ring. from and Suspend ring. until . . . use to enter start and end in 4-digit format Save: ¤ Save The time control only applies to the handset for which the setting is configured. The telephone will continue to ring for numbers that have been assigned to a VIP group in the directory. Time Control For external calls: On Suspend ring. from: 22:00 Suspend ring. until: 07:00 Back Save Example
  • 60. 60 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Protection against unwanted calls Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_1.fm / 7/24/15 Displaying/editing the black list ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Black List Edit Blocked Numbers OK . . . the list of blocked numbers is displayed . . . possible options: Setting the protection mode ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Black List Edit Protection Mode OK . . . use to select desired protection: Save settings: Save Create an entry: ¤ New . . . use to enter a number Save Delete an entry: ¤ . . . use to select an entry Delete . . . the entry is deleted No Protection All calls are indicated, including from callers whose numbers are on the black list. Silent Call The telephone will not ring and the incoming call will only appear in the display. Block Call The telephone will not ring and the incoming call will not appear in the display. The caller will hear the busy tone.
  • 61. 61 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 SMS (text messages) SMS (text messages) It is possible to send SMS messages as soon as the telephone has been connected to the fixed line network. Writing and sending SMS messages ¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK . . . then Calling Line Identification is enabled ( p. 29). The network provider supports the SMS service. If no SMS service centre is entered, the submenu SMS only consists of the entry Settings. SMS messages can also be sent and received via VoIP. The lines for sending SMS messages must be expressly set. It is not possible to receive SMS messages via Gigaset.net. An SMS may be up to 612 characters in length. If the number of characters exceeds 160, the SMS is sent as linked SMS messages (up to four individual SMS messages). The remaining number of characters is shown in the top right corner of the display, followed by an indication in brackets of which part of a linked SMS is currently being written. Example: 405(2). Write an SMS: ¤ New SMS OK . . . use to enter SMS text Send an SMS: ¤ Press the End call key or Options Send OK SMS OK Enter number (Send SMS to): From the directory: . . . use to select number OK or . . . use to enter number directly If sending SMS messages to an SMS mailbox: add the mailbox ID to the end of the number. Send: ¤ Send The number must include the local area code (even if you are in that area). If an external call comes in, or if you interrupt writing for more than 2 minutes, the text is automatically saved in the draft message list. Sending SMS messages may incur additional costs. Please consult your network provider.
  • 62. 62 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 SMS (text messages) Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15 Sending SMS messages to an e-mail address ¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK New SMS OK . . . then Temporary storing of an SMS (draft message list) You can temporarily store, change later and send SMS messages. Saving SMS in the draft message list ¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK New SMS OK . . . use to wirte SMS Options Save OK Opening and editing an SMS from the draft message list ¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK Draft OK . . . use to select saved SMS . . . possible options: The network provider supports this feature. Enter address: ¤ . . . use to enter the e-mail address at the start of the SMS message or ¤ Options Insert eMail address . . . use to select a directory entry containing an e-mail address OK Write text: ¤ . . . use to complete the SMS message Send: ¤ Options Send OK . . . use to enter the number of the e-mail service(ifnot entered) Send . . . theSMS is sent to the e-mail service of the SMS send service centre Read draft: ¤ Read Edit: ¤ Options Edit OK Send SMS: ¤ Options Send OK Delete an entry: ¤ Options Delete entry OK Delete all entries: ¤ Options Delete List OK Yes
  • 63. 63 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 SMS (text messages) Receiving an SMS Incoming SMS messages are saved in the incoming message list, linked SMS messages are generally displayed as one SMS. SMS message list The incoming SMS message list contains all the received SMS messages and those SMS messages that could not be sent due to an error. New SMS messages are indicated on all Gigaset handsets by the icon on the display, the flashing Message key and an advisory tone. Open the SMS message list • With the Message key: . . . the messages list is opened The messages list shows the number of SMS messages it contains: bold = new messages, not bold = read messages Open list: . . . use to select SMS: OK • Via the SMS menu: . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK Incoming OK Every entry in the list contains: • the number or name of the sender, • the send/receive connection to which the SMS is addressed, • arrival date and time. Functions of the incoming message list ¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK Incoming OK . . . possible options: Call the sender of the SMS: ¤ . . . use to select an SMS Press the Talk key Delete an entry: ¤ Options Delete entry OK Save the number in the directory: ¤ Options Copy to Directory OK ( p. 40) Delete all entries in the SMS message list: ¤ Options Delete List OK Yes SMS: (2) 0123727859362922 for Fixed Line 10/02/2015 09:07
  • 64. 64 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 SMS (text messages) Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15 Reading and managing SMS messages ¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK Incoming OK . . . use to select SMS Read . . . possible options: Saving numbers from SMS text to the directory If a telephone number in the SMS text is recognised, it is automatically highlighted. • Save the number in the directory: ( p. 37) If the number is to also be used to send an SMS, save the number including the local area code (dialling code). • Dial a number: Press the Talk key • Select the next number, if an SMS contains multiple numbers: . . . use to scroll down until the first number has disappeared from the display. SMS with vCard The vCard is an electronic business card. It is indicated by the icon in the SMS text. A vCard can contain a name, home number, work number, mobile number and a birthday. Individual entries in a vCard can be saved to the directory one after the other. When reading an SMS containing the vCard: View Save The directory is opened automatically. The number and name are copied. If a birthday is entered on the vCard, the date is copied to the directory as an anniversary. If necessary, edit the entry in the directory and save it. You will return to the vCard automatically. Answer SMS: ¤ Options Reply OK Edit SMS text and send to recipient of your choice: ¤ Options Edit OK . . . use to edit text Options Forward OK Forward SMS to recipient of your choice: ¤ Options Forward OK Display text in a different character set: ¤ Options Character Set OK . . . use to select character set Select ( = selected) The +-icon is not copied for international area codes. ¤ You should then enter "00" at the start of the number.
  • 65. 65 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 SMS (text messages) SMS notification Receive notifications of missed calls and/or new messages on the answer machine. ¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK Settings OK Notification Change ( = on) . . . then SMS service centres The number for at least one SMS service centre must be saved in the device to be able to send SMS messages. The SMS service centre number can be obtained from the service provider. SMS messages are received from every entered SMS service centre as long as they are registered with their service provider. Your SMS messages are sent via the SMS service centre that is entered as the active send centre. Only one SMS service centre can be the active send centre at any one time. Entering/changing the SMS service centre, setting the send service centre ¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK SMS OK Settings OK Service Centres OK . . . use to select SMS service centre ( = current send service centre) Edit . . . then Enter number: ¤ To . . . use to enter the number to which the SMS should be sent Missed calls: ¤ Missed calls . . . use to select On or Off Answer machine: ¤ For AM messages . . . use to select On or Off Save settings: ¤ Save Do not enter your own fixed line network number for notification of missed calls. This can create an endless loop that will incur charges. SMS notification may incur additional costs. Activate send service centre: Active Send: . . . use to select Yes or No (Yes = SMS messages are sent via the SMS service centre) Enter the number of the SMS service: ¤ SMS Service Centre Number . . . use to enter the num- ber Enter the number of the e-mail service: ¤ eMail Service no. . . . use to enter the number Select send connection: ¤ Send via . . . use to select the fixed line network or VoIP connection that you want to use to send the SMS messages. Save settings: ¤ Save
  • 66. 66 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 SMS (text messages) Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15 SMS to PABXs • The Call Line Identification must be forwarded to the extension of the PABX (CLIP). • If necessary, the access code/outside line code must be prefixed to the number of the SMS service centre (depending on your PABX). To test: Send an SMS to your own number, once with the access code and once without. • If the SMS is sent without the extension number, it will not be possible for the recipient to answer directly. Activating/deactivating first ring muting Every SMS addressed to your fixed line network connection is indicated by a single ring. If such a "call" is answered, the SMS is lost. To prevent this, mute the first ring for all external calls. In idle status: ¤ . . . the current setting flashes in the input field (e.g. 1) . . . then Activating/deactivating the SMS function The settings you have entered for sending and receiving SMS messages (e.g. the numbers of the SMS service centres) and the entries in the incoming and draft lists are saved even after deactivation. ¤ . . . the current setting flashes in the input field (e.g. 1) . . . then If you have agreed a flat fixed line network rate, the chargeable numbers with dialling code 0900 are often blocked. If, in this case, a 0900 number is entered for the SMS service centre, you will not be able to send text messages from your phone. If the attempt to send fails, the SMS is saved in the incoming messages list and indicated as failed. VoIP connection: Even if the Automatic fallback to fixed line option is activated ( web configurator), the telephone will not attempt to send the SMS via the fixed line network. If the selected send connection is deleted from the configuration, the fixed line network connection is used. Do not mute the first ringtone: ¤ OK Mute the first ringtone (default setting): ¤ OK Deactivate the SMS function: ¤ OK Activate the SMS function (default setting): ¤ OK
  • 67. 67 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / applications_2.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 SMS (text messages) SMS troubleshooting Self-help with errors You cannot send messages • You have not requested the CLIP service (Calling Line Identification Presentation). ¤ Ask your network provider to enable the feature. • SMS sending was interrupted (e.g. by a call). ¤ Re-send the SMS. • The network provider does not support this feature. • No number or an incorrect one has been entered for the send service centre. ¤ Enter the number ( p. 65). SMS text is incomplete • The phone's memory is full. ¤ Delete old SMS messages. • The network provider has not yet sent the rest of the SMS. You have stopped receiving SMS messages Call divert has been activated for All calls. ¤ Change call divert ( p. 31). The SMS is played back • The "display call number" service is not activated. ¤ Ask the network provider to enable this feature (subject to a fee). • Your mobile phone operator and SMS service provider are not working in partnership. ¤ Obtain information from your SMS service provider. • The phone is not registered with the SMS service provider. ¤ Send an SMS to register the phone for receiving SMS. E0 Calling Line Identification permanently withheld (CLIR) or Calling Line Identification not activated. FE Error occurred while sending SMS. FD Connection to SMS service centre failed, see self-help.
  • 68. 68 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 E-Mail notifications Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / email.fm / 7/24/15 E-Mail notifications The phone periodically connects to the incoming e-mail server and checks for new messages. The receipt of new e-mail messages is displayed on the handset: An advisory tone sounds, the Message key flashes and the icon is displayed in idle status. Opening the incoming e-mail list ¤ . . . use to select Messaging OK eMail OK or: There are new e-mail messages (the Message key flashes) ¤ press eMail OK The phone establishes a connection to the incoming e-mail server. A list of e-mail messages that are stored there is displayed. • New unread messages appear above old read messages. • The following details are displayed for each e-mail: name or e-mail address of the sender (on one line, abbreviated if necessary) and date and time (date and time will only display correct values if sender and recipient are located in the same time zone). • Bold: New message. E-mail messages that were not present in the incoming e-mail server when the inbox was last opened are identified as "new", regardless of whether or not they have been read. An e-mail account is set up with an Internet provider. The incoming e-mail server uses the POP3 protocol. The name of the incoming e-mail server and your personal access data (account name, password) are stored in the phone ( Web configurator). The icon is also displayed when you have new SMS messages. If authentication of the telephone is carried out by the incoming e-mail server via a secure connection (TLS authentication) and this fails, the e-mail messages are not downloaded to the telephone. Notification when pressing the Message key : Certificate error - Please check your certificates in the Web configurator. ¤ Confirm notification using OK . . . On the Security page in the Web configurator, you will find information on the possible causes and measures. E-mail messages classified as spam by the provider are stored in a separate folder and are not shown in the incoming e-mail list. Some e-mail providers allow you to change this setting: Deactivate spam protection or display spam e-mails in the incoming email list. Other e-mail providers may send a message to the inbox when a new spam e-mail is received. The date and sender of this mail are repeatedly updated, so that it is always displayed as a new message. eMail Incoming Frank.Miller@mailp.com 10/02/201515:40 Happy Birthday Anna Sand 10/02/2015 10:38 Read Delete
  • 69. 69 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / email.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 E-Mail notifications Messages when establishing a connection The following problems may occur when connecting to the incoming e-mail server. The messages are displayed in the display for a few seconds. Server not accessible • The connection to the incoming e-mail server could not be established: • Incorrect entry for the name of the incoming e-mail server. • Temporary problems with the incoming e-mail server (server is down or is not connected to the Internet). ¤ Check settings in the Web configurator. ¤ Try again later. Currently not possible • The resources your phone requires to make the connection are busy, e.g.: • The permitted number of VoIP connections has already been reached. • One of the registered handsets is currently connected to the incoming e-mail server. ¤ Try again later. Login failed • Error when logging in to the incoming e-mail server. • Incorrect entries for name of incoming e-mail server, user name and/or password. ¤ Check settings in the Web configurator. Mailbox settings incomplete • Entries for name of incoming e-mail server, user name and/or password are incomplete. ¤ Check/add to settings.
  • 70. 70 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 E-Mail notifications Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / email.fm / 7/24/15 Reading e-mails ¤ . . . Use to select Messaging OK eMail OK . . . Use to select an e-mail Read The subject of the e-mail (maximum 120 characters) and the first few characters of the text (maximum 560 characters) are displayed. Scroll through the message: Return to inbox: Back View sender's address: ¤ Options From OK . . . The sender's e-mail address is displayed, over several lines if necessary (maximum 60 characters). Return to inbox: Back Deleting an e-mail ¤ . . . Use to select Messaging OK eMail OK . . . Use to select an e-mail in the incoming e-mail list Delete . . . The e-mail is deleted from the incoming e-mail server or ¤ Open message Options Delete OK Yes . . . The e-mail is deleted from the incoming e-mail server If the e-mail does not contain any standard text, the message eMail can’t be displayed will briefly appear. eMail Subject: Invitation Text: Hi Anna, I passed my test! Back Options Example: eMail From: Anna.Sand@mailp.com Back Options Example:
  • 71. 71 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Info_Center.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Info Centre Info Centre The Info Centre makes information from the Internet (e. g. messages or the weather forecast) available for display on a Gigaset telephone. These info services are constantly updated. A default selection has already been defined for the telephone. Information on gigaset.net info services: www.gigaset.com/nextg/apps Customising info services Change the default setting for the Info Centre (standard profile) on the Gigaset.net website www.gigaset.net: • Via the Web configurator: Open the page Settings Info Services . . . Click on the link gigaset.net/myaccount . . . You are automatically logged in with the username and password that have been assigned to your phone by default. or • Via a computer web browser: Enter the address www.gigaset.net . . . Enter the user ID and password on the Gigaset.net website. You can find both on the web configurator page Settings Info Services. The Gigaset.net website is displayed. "Info Centre" tab The page has an icon for every info service provided by Gigaset.net (e.g. weather, horoscope), and an icon for personal applications that you wish to add to your Info Centre. "Screensaver" tab Info services for the screensaver Info Services Activating/deactivating a service An info service is offered in the Info Centre of the registered handset if the relevant icon is orange and the option at the top right of the icon is activated. Activating/deactivating a service: Click option ( = activated) Data protection notice The inventory data corresponds to that of the VoIP service. When you use the service for the first time, a standard profile is created with configuration data for the device. You can then change and store the configuration data specific to your device, for example, the city for the weather forecast or the date of birth for the biorhythm. You can delete this configuration data again at any time. The information services use the HTTP protocol. Further information about the data stored in relation to the Gigaset.net service: www.gigaset.net/privacy-policy Example: active inactive
  • 72. 72 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Info Centre Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Info_Center.fm / 7/24/15 Customising info services Customising information for an info service: ¤ Click the icon that belongs to an info service (e. g. weather) . . . This will open another web page to customise the RSS feeds. The web pages for the individual info services describe which settings can be made. Example "Weather information" ¤ Click on the weather information icon . . . A web page for configuring the weather information for the Info Centre is opened The world weather is already set. In addition, you can select up to nine further cities (worldwide). ¤ Enter the name of thedesired city Click on the magnifying glass icon . . . The cities that start with the specified name are listed Click the list Select the desired city ¤ Add Info Centre location: Right-click the arrow icon . . . The web page lists all the locations for which the Info Centre provides weather information. ¤ Remove city from the list: Click on the icon behind the city name Starting Info Centre, selecting info services ¤ . . . Use to select Additional Features Info Centre OK . . . A list of available info services is displayed . . . Use to select info service OK To access certain info services (personalised services), you have to log in with a user name and password. Messages when loading requested information The information is loaded from the Internet. If the information for an info service cannot be displayed, one of the following messages appears: Requested page can’t be reached. • Time limit exceeded (timeout) when loading the information or Internet server for the info services cannot be accessed. Check Internet connection and try again later. Configuring weather information on handset: ¤ . . . Use to select Additional Features Info Centre Weather OK Add location OK . . . Use to enter location name OK . . . A list of locations with the specified name is displayed Select location OK Save
  • 73. 73 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Info_Center.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Info Centre Coding error on requested page • The content of the requested info service is coded in a format that the handset cannot display. Can’t display requested page • General error when loading the info service. Login failed. • Registration data has not been correctly entered. Reselect the info service and repeat the login process. Please remember that data is case sensitive. • You are not authorised to access this info service. Logging in for personalised info services If a special login process with user name and password is required to access an info service: ¤ . . . Use to enter Authent. Name Save . . . Use to enter Password Save . . . If login was successful, the requested info service is displayed If login failed, a message to this effect is displayed Messages when loading requested information, p. 72. Operating Info Centre Depending on the requested info service: • Scroll through an info service: Press the control key • Return to the previous page: Press the left display key. • Return to the Info Centre menu: Briefly press the End call key . • Go offline: Press and hold the End call key . . . The handset returns to idle status • Enter text: . . . Use to select a line . . . Thecursor flashes in the text field . . . Use to enter text . . . Close the entries using the right display key . . . The data is sent • Make a selection: . . . Use to select a line in which a selection is possible . . . Use to make a selection . . . Complete the selection using the left display key . . . The data is sent • Set option: . . . use to select a line that offers the options . . . The line is marked . . . then Pay attention when entering registration data, as it is case sensitive. Activate/deactivate option: ¤ or press the left display key (e.g. OK) Complete entry: ¤ Press the left display key . . . The data is sent
  • 74. 74 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Info Centre Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Info_Center.fm / 7/24/15 Hyperlink to further information A hyperlink to further information is displayed by the icon. If a page with hyperlinks is opened, the first hyperlink is highlighted. ¤ Use to select another hyperlink if required Link . . . The corresponding page is opened Hyperlink to a phone number A hyperlink to a phone number offers the Call function on the right display key. Select the phone number (Click-2-Call): Call . . . The number is dialled directly depending on the provider or it appears first in the display Confirm using Yes if necessary Copy an entry to the local directory: . . . Use to select hyperlink Accessing info services using quick dial Every info service available on Gigaset.net is assigned a quick dial. Examples: The list of info services is one example. Each info service is provider-dependent. The numbers 11 to 98 are reserved for info services/applications that are provided via Gigaset.net. Open up a service: . . . Use to enter the quick dial for a service Press the Talk key . . . The Info Centre page with this service/this application is loaded and displayed Info service Quick dial Info service Quick dial News 1#92 Horoscope 7#92 Weather 2#92 Biorhythm 8#92 My eBay 3#92 My Friends 9#92 Encyclopaedia 4#92 My Applications (personal info services/applications that you have defined) 99#92 Translator 5#92 Unit Converter 6#92 Open up an info service using digit key: Enter the quick dial for an info service in the directory Assign directory entry to a digit key on the handset Press and hold the digit key
  • 75. 75 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Info_Center.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Info Centre Displaying information from the Internet as a screensaver Info services appear on the display approximately ten seconds after the handset returns to idle status. Depending on the information feed selected, a display key appears on the right of the screensaver. To open further information: Press the right display key. To revert to idle status: Press and hold the End call key Selecting information for the screensaver The default setting for the screensaver Info Services is the weather forecast. Changing default setting: • On the PC using your account on the Gigaset.net server ( p. 71) • On the handset using the Info Centre ¤ . . . Use to select Additional Features Info Centre Screensaver OK . . . Use to select the info service OK Enter additional settings for the selected info service if required Save The Info Services screensaver is activated on the handset. The info services display is activated via the Web configurator.
  • 76. 76 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Multiple handsets Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / extending.fm / 7/24/15 Expanding the functionality of the telephone Multiple handsets Up to six handsets can be registered to the base station. Each registered device is assigned an internal number (1-6) and an internal name (INT 1 – INT 6). The number or name assigned can be changed. If all internal numbers have already been assigned at the base station: de-register a handset that is no longer needed Registering the handset A handset can be registered on up to four base stations. On the base station ¤ Press and hold the Registration/Paging key on the base station (approx. 3 secs). On the handset ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Registration OK Register Handset OK . . . use to select the base station (if the handset has already been registered to four base stations) OK . . . an available base station is sought . . . Enter system PIN (default setting: 0000) OK Once registration is complete, the handset returns to idle status. The internal number of the handset appears in the display, e.g. INT 1. If not, repeat the procedure. When a Gigaset handset is registered, the base station transfers entries for the following online directories to the local directory on the handset to enable the online directories to be used on the new handset as well. • The currently set online directory with a provider-specific name (e.g. kT Phone- book). • The currently set classified directory with a provider-specific name (e.g. kT Y.Pages). • The Gigaset.net directory with the name Gigaset.net. Successful registration is acknowledged with the message Data Transfer x entries received. Registration must be initiated on the base station and on the handset. Both must be carried out within 60 secs.
  • 77. 77 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / extending.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Multiple handsets Registering a handset to multiple base stations Your handset can be registered to up to four base stations. The active base station is the base station to which the handset was last registered. The other base stations remain saved in the list of available base stations. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Registration OK Select Base OK . . . possible options: De-registering the handset ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Registration OK De-register Handset OK . . . the handset being used is selected . . . use to select a different handset if desired OK . . . enter system PIN if desired OK . . . Confirm de-registration with Yes If the handset is still registered to other bases, it switches to the base with the best reception (Best Base). Maximum possible number of handsets registered to the base station (all internal numbers assigned): The handset with the highest internal number is replaced by the new one. If this is not possible, because a conversation is being held on this handset, for example, the message No available internal number is given. De-register a handset that is no longer required and repeat the registration procedure. All base station connections are assigned to a handset as receive connections as soon as registration is complete. The fixed line connection is assigned as the send connection. Change assignment p. 95. Change active base station: ¤ . . . use or Best Base to select base station Select ( = select) Best Base: The handset chooses the base station with the best reception as soon as it loses connection to the current base station. Change name of a base station: ¤ . . . use to select a base station Select ( = selected) Name change name Save
  • 78. 78 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Multiple handsets Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / extending.fm / 7/24/15 Locating a handset (Paging), finding the telephone's IP address ¤ Briefly press the Registration/paging key on the base station. All handsets will ring at the same time ("paging"), even if ringtones are switched off. Exception: handsets on which the baby monitor is activated. The current (local) IP address for the base station appears in the handset displays. Ending the search ¤ Briefly press the registration/paging key on the base station or Press the End call key on the handset or Press the display key Silence on the handset or No action. After approx. 30 seconds, the paging call will end automatically. Changing the handset name and internal number When registering multiple handsets, they will automatically be assigned the names "INT 1", "INT 2" etc. Each handset will automatically be assigned the lowest unassigned internal number. The internal number is shown as the name of the handset on the display e.g. INT 2. You can change the names and the numbers of handsets. The name must not exceed 10 characters in length. ¤ . . . the list of handsets is opened, the current handset is highlighted with < . . . use to select a handset . . . possible options: Edit name: ¤ Options Rename OK . . . use to delete the current name . . . use to enter a new name OK Edit number: ¤ Options Edit Handset No. OK . . . use to select a number Save Paging IP: 192.168.1.2 Silence
  • 79. 79 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / extending.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Repeater Repeater A repeater increases the receiving range between the Gigaset handset and the base station. The registration procedure for a repeater depends on the version of the repeater being used. • Repeater without encryption, e.g. Gigaset repeater prior to Version 2.0 • Repeater with encryption, e.g. Gigaset repeater later than Version 2.0 Further information about the Gigaset repeater can be found in the repeater user guide and at www.gigaset.com/gigasetrepeater. Repeater without encryption Activate Maximum Range/deactivate No Radiation ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK ECO DECT OK Maximum Range Change ( = on) No Radiation Change ( = off) Deactivate encryption ¤ use to select Settings OK System OK Encryption Change ( = deactivated) Registering a repeater ¤ Connect the repeater to the mains power supply Press and hold the Registration/paging key on the telephone base station (min. 3 secs) . . . the repeater is automatically registered It is possible to register more than one Gigaset repeater. Repeater with encryption Registering a repeater ¤ Connect the repeater to the mains power supply Press and hold the Registration/paging key on the telephone base station (min. 3 secs) . . . the repeater is automatically registered Up to 2 repeaters may be registered. The ECO DECT function Maximum Range is activated and the No Radiation function is deactivated. The settings cannot be changed whilst the repeater is registered. As soon as a repeater is registered, it will appear in the repeater list under Settings System Repeater De-registering a repeater ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System OK Repeater OK . . . use to select repeater De-reg. Yes Encryption is activated (default setting).
  • 80. 80 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Operation with a PABX Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / extending.fm / 7/24/15 Operation with a PABX To find out which settings are required for a PABX, please refer to the PABX user guide. You cannot send or receive SMS messages on PABXs that do not support Calling Line Identification. Setting Tone or Pulse dialling mode ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Dialling Mode OK . . . use to select Tone or Pulse Select ( = selected) Setting the flash time ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Recall OK . . . possible flash times are listed . . . use to select flash time Select ( = selected) Saving an access code (outside line code) Setting the access code (e.g. "0") for dialling using the fixed line network and using VoIP. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Access Code OK . . . then Fixed line network: ¤ Access external line with: . . . use to enter or change access code, max. 3 digits VoIP: ¤ Access external line with: . . . use to enter or change access code, max. 4 digits. Rule: ¤ For . . . use to select when the access code should be dialled Call Lists: The access code will only prefix numbers from a list (list of answered calls, list of missed calls, SMS list, answer machine list). All calls: The access code prefixes all numbers dialled. Off: The access code is deactivated and does not prefix any telephone number. Save: ¤ Save The access code never prefixes any emergency numbers or SMS service centre numbers. The access code never prefixes any SMS service centre numbers.
  • 81. 81 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / extending.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Operation with a PABX Setting pauses ¤ . . . then To enter dialling pause when dialling: ¤ Press and hold the hash key . . . a P appears in the display. Switching temporarily to tone dialling (Tone) After dialling the external number or after establishing the connection: ¤ Press the Star key briefly. After the call ends, pulse dialling is automatically reactivated. Pause after line seizure: 1 sec 3 secs 7 secs ¤ OK ¤ OK ¤ OK Pause after Recall key: 800 ms 1600 ms 3200 ms ¤ OK ¤ OK ¤ OK Dialling pause (pause after access code): 1 sec 2 secs 3 secs 6 secs ¤ OK ¤ OK ¤ OK ¤ OK
  • 82. 82 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Handset Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15 Adjusting the telephone settings Handset Changing the language ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Language OK . . . use to select language Select ( = selected) If the handset has been set to an incomprehensible language: ¤ Press the keys slowly one after the other . . . use to select the correct language press the right display key Display and keypad Screensaver A digital or analogue clock, info services and a range of pictures can be selected to be displayed as a screensaver when in idle status. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Display OK Screensaver Edit ( = on) . . . then The screensaver is activated approx. 10 seconds after the display has changed to idle status. End screensaver ¤ Briefly press the End call key . . . idle status is displayed Notes on displaying Info Services Switch on/off: ¤ Activation: . . . use to select On or Off Select screensaver: ¤ Selection . . . use to select a screensaver (Digital Clock / Analog Clock / Info Services / <Pictures>) View screensaver: ¤ View Save selection: ¤ Save • Info Services are activated via the web configurator. • The telephone is connected to the Internet. The type of info service available to your phone is set on the Internet on the Gigaset.net server. Changing the setting p. 71. If no information is currently available, the digital time (Digital Clock) is displayed instead until information is available again.
  • 83. 83 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Handset Switching the information ticker on/off The text information from the Internet that is set for the screensaver Info Services can be displayed as a scrolling message in idle status. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Display OK Info Ticker Edit ( = on) The ticker starts as soon as the telephone changes to idle status. If a message is shown in idle status, the information ticker is not displayed. Colour scheme The display may appear in a range of colour combinations. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Display OK Colour Schemes OK . . . use to select the desired colour scheme Select ( = selected) Display backlight The display backlight always illuminates when the handset is taken out of the base station/ charging cradle or when a key is pressed. Any digit keys that are pressed appear on the display for pre-dialling. Switch the display backlight on/off when in idle status: ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Display OK Backlight OK . . . then Activating/deactivating Auto Answer When set to Auto Answer, the handset accepts an incoming call as soon as it is removed from the charging cradle. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Auto Answer Change ( = on) Regardless of the Auto Answer setting, the connection ends as soon as you place the handset back in the charging cradle. Backlight when in the charging cradle: ¤ In Charger: . . . use to select On or Off Backlight when not in the charging cradle: ¤ Out of Charger . . . use to select On or Off Save selection: ¤ Save The handset's standby time may be significantly reduced if the display backlight is switched on.
  • 84. 84 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Handset Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15 Changing the earpiece and handsfree volume You can set the volume of the earpiece and speaker at 5 levels independently of each other. During a conversation ¤ Handset Volume . . . use to select volume Save . . . the setting is saved In idle status ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK Handset Volume OK . . . then Handset profile Select a profile in order to adapt the telephone as much as possible to the surroundings. Check which is the most comfortable profile for you. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK Earpiece Profiles OK . . . use to select profile High or Low (default setting) Select ( = selected) Ringtones Ringtone volume Volume can be set at 5 levels or crescendo (increasing volume). ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK Ringtones (Handset) OK Volume OK . . . use to select For internal calls and alarms or External Calls . . . use to set volume Save Without saving, the setting is automatically saved after around 3 seconds. For the earpiece: ¤ Earpiece: . . . use to set the volume For the speaker: ¤ Speaker . . . use to set the volume Save settings: ¤ Save Volume For internal calls and alarms: < > External Calls: Back Save Example
  • 85. 85 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Handset Ringtone melody Set a variety of ringtones for internal and external calls to every receive connection available on the telephone (Landline, IP1, Gigaset.net) or set the same ringtone for All calls. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK Ringtones (Handset) OK Melodies OK . . . use to select the connection . . . use to select the ringtone/melody in each case Save Switching the ringtone on/off Switching the ringtone off permanently ¤ Press and hold the key . . . appears in the status bar Switching the ringtone on permanently ¤ Press and hold the key Switching the ringtone off for the current call ¤ Silence or press the End call key Switching the alert tone (beep) on/off Switch on an alert tone (beep) instead of the ringtone: ¤ Press and hold the star key press Beep within 3 seconds . . . appears in the status bar Switching off the alert tone: Press and hold the star key Switching advisory tones on/off The handset notifies acoustically about different activities and statuses. These advisory tones can be switched on/off independently of each other. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK Advisory Tones OK . . . then Tone when keys are pressed: ¤ Key Tones: . . . use to select On or Off Confirmation/error tone after making entries, advisory tone when a new message has been received: ¤ Confirmation . . . use to select On or Off Warning tone when there are fewer than 10 minutes of talktime remaining (every 60 seconds): ¤ Battery . . . use to select On or Off Save settings: ¤ Save There is no battery warning when the baby monitor is switched on.
  • 86. 86 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Handset Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15 Fast access to numbers and functions Number keys: It is possible to assign a number from the directory to the keys and to . Display keys: The left and right display keys have a function preset by default, but the keys can be re-assigned. You can then dial the number or start the function by simply pressing a key. Assigning a number to digit keys (quick dial) ¤ Press and hold the digit key or ¤ Briefly press the digit key Press the display key QuickDial The directory opens. ¤ . . . use to select an entry OK . . . use to select a number if necessary OK . . . the entry is saved to the digit key Dialling a number ¤ Press and hold the digit key . . . the number is dialled immediately or ¤ Briefly press the digit key . . . the number/name (possibly in abbreviated form) is shown on the left display key . . . press the display key . . . the number is dialled Changing the digit key assignment ¤ Briefly press the digit key Change . . . the directory is opened . . . possible options: You must assign a number to the digit key. If the entry in the directory is deleted later, this will not affect the assignment of the digit key. Change the assignment: ¤ . . . use to select an entry OK . . . select a number if required OK Delete the assignment: ¤ Clear Key
  • 87. 87 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Handset Assigning display keys, changing assignments ¤ Press and hold the left or right display key in idle status . . . the list of possible key assignments is opened . . . use to select function OK . . . possible options: Starting a function With the telephone in idle status: Briefly press . . . the assigned function is executed Changing the handset PIN The handset is protected against unauthorised use by a PIN. The handset PIN must be entered e. g. when switching off the keypad lock. Change the handset's 4-digit PIN (default setting: 0000): ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System OK Handset PIN OK . . . use to enter the current PIN OK . . . use to enter the new handset PIN OK Baby Monitor Set and activate/deactivate baby monitor Alarm Clock Set and activate/deactivate the alarm clock Calendar Open calendar One Touch Call Set up one touch call Redial Show redial list eMail Open the e-mail submenu for receiving and reading e-mail notifications More Functions... ¤ OK . . . use to select other function Send Connections Set send connection for the next call Line Selection Open the connection selection menu Call Lists Show call list Withhold Number Withhold phone number identification for next call Call Divert Activate/deactivate Call Divert eMail Open the e-mail submenu for receiving and reading e-mail notifications Info Centre Start the Info Centre and open the list of available Info Services – go online. Net Directories Display the list of network directories
  • 88. 88 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Handset Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_HS.fm / 7/24/15 Resetting the handset to the default settings Reset any individual settings and changes that you have made. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System OK Handset Reset OK Yes . . . the handset's settings are reset The following settings are not affected by a reset • Registration of the handset to the base station • Date and time • Directory entries and call lists • SMS lists
  • 89. 89 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_BS.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 System System The following can be set via the menu on a registered handset or using the telephone's web configurator. Setting the date and time manually To ensure you have the correct time for incoming calls and to use the alarm clock and calendar, for example, the date and time must be set. If the date and time have not yet been set on the handset, the display key Time appears. ¤ Press the display key Time or ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Date/Time OK . . . then Own area code Your area code (international and local area code) must be saved on the phone before you can transfer phone numbers (e.g. in vCards). Some of these numbers are already preset. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Area Codes OK Check (pre-)set area code Edit the number: ¤ . . . use to select/switch entry field . . . use to changeentry position . . . delete digit ifdesired . . . use to enter digit Save The address of a time server on the Internet is stored on your phone. The date and time are taken from this time server provided that the phone is connected to the Internet and synchronisation with the time server is activated. Manual settings are overwritten in this case. Set the date: ¤ Date: . . . use to enter the day, month and year in 8-digit format e.g. for 14/01/2015 Set the time: ¤ Time . . . use to enter hours and minutes in 4-digit format e.g. for 07:15 Save settings: ¤ Save Area Codes International code: 00 - 49 Local area code: 0 - [8 ] Save Example
  • 90. 90 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 System Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_BS.fm / 7/24/15 Activating/deactivating music on hold ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Audio Settings OK Musicon hold Change ( = on) Setting the IP address of the base station in LAN An IP address is required in order for the LAN to "recognise" your phone. The IP address can be assigned to the phone automatically (by the router) or manually. • If the address is assigned dynamically the router's DHCP server automatically assigns an IP address to the phone. The IP address can be changed according to router settings. • In the case of manual/static assignment, you assign a static IP address to the phone. This may be necessary depending on your network configuration (e.g. if your phone is connected directly to a PC). ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System OK Local Network OK . . . use to enter the system PIN (if the system PIN differs from 0000) OK . . . then Your base station is connected to a router or a PC. To assign the IP address dynamically, the DHCP server on the router must be activated. Please also read the user guide for your router. Address type: ¤ IP Address Type: . . . use to select Static or Dynamic With IP Address Type Dynamic: The following fields show the current settings that the phone obtained from the router. These settings cannot be changed. With IP Address Type Static: Enter settings for the following fields. IP address: ¤ IP Address . . . use to enter the IP address (overwrite current setting) default setting: 192.168.1.2. Subnet mask: ¤ Subnet Mask . . . use to enter the subnet mask (over- write current setting) default setting: 255.255.255.0. Standard-Gateway: ¤ Default Gateway . . . use to enter the IP address of the standard gateway The local network is connected to the Internet via the standard gateway. This is generally your router. Default setting: 192.168.1.1.
  • 91. 91 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_BS.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 System Updating the phone firmware If necessary, you can update your phone's firmware. The firmware update is downloaded directly from the Internet by default. The relevant web page is preconfigured in your phone. Starting the firmware update manually ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System Update Firmware OK . . . use to enter the system PIN OK . . . the telephone establishes an Internet connection to the configuration server Yes Updating firmware automatically The phone will check daily whether a newer firmware version is available on the Internet configuration server. If so, the message New firmware available is displayed on the handset. ¤ Confirm prompt with Yes . . . the firmware is downloaded to the telephone DNS-Server: ¤ DNS Server . . . use to enter the IP address of the preferred DNS server The DNS server (Domain Name System) converts the symbolic name of a server (DNS name) into the public IP address for the server when the connection is made. You can specify your router's IP address here. The router forwards phone address requests to its DNS server. Default setting: 192.168.1.1 Save: ¤ Save It is also possible to make the settings via the Web configurator. Display current IP address: Press the Paging key on the base station The phone is connected to the Internet (i.e. connected to a router). The phone is in idle status i.e. no calls are being made, there is no internal connection between the registered handsets, the base station menu is not open on any of the handsets. The firmware update can take up to 6 minutes, depending on the quality of your DSL connection. When updating from the Internet, checks are made to ensure that no newer version of the firmware exists. If this is not the case, the operation is terminated and a message is issued to that effect. If the telephone is not connected to the Internet at the time when the check for new firmware is due to be performed (e.g. because the router is deactivated), the check is performed as soon as the phone is reconnected to the Internet. You can deactivate the automatic version check via the Web configurator.
  • 92. 92 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 System Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_BS.fm / 7/24/15 Checking the base station's MAC address Depending on the network configuration, you may require the MAC address of the base station, e.g. in order to enter it in the router's access control list. Check the MAC address on the handset: . . . the MAC address is displayed Return to idle status: Back Changing the system PIN Secure the telephone's system settings with a system PIN. You have to enter the system PIN when you register or de-register a handset, change local network settings, perform a firmware update or reset the phone to default settings. For the purpose of remotely operating the answer machine ( p. 47) the system PIN must be something other than 0000. Change the telephone's 4-digit system PIN (default setting: 0000): ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System OK System PIN OK . . . use to enter the current PIN (if other than 0000) OK . . . use to enter new system PIN Save Resetting system PIN Resetting the base station to the original PIN 0000: ¤ Unplug the network cable from the base station Press and hold the Registration/Paging key on the base station At the same time reconnect the network cable to the base station Press and hold the key for at least 5 secs . . . the base station is reset and the system PIN is set to 0000 Restarting the base station ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK Base Restart OK . . . the base station is restarted, the connection to the handset is briefly interrupted All handsets are de-registered and must be re-registered. All settings are returned to default settings.
  • 93. 93 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_BS.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 System Restoring the phone to default settings When the settings are reset • the date and time are retained, • handsets are still registered, • the system PIN is retained, • Maximum Range is activated and No Radiation is deactivated. ¤ . . . use to select Settings OK System OK Base Reset OK . . . use to enter system PIN OK Yes . . . the base station is restarted. The restart takes around 10 seconds.
  • 94. 94 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Internet telephony (VoIP) Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_VoIP.fm / 7/24/15 Internet telephony (VoIP) Setting up an IP account To make calls over the Internet, you need an IP account from a provider. You can configure up to six IP accounts. To set up an IP account, you will need access data from your provider. Enter access data on the phone: • Using the VoIP wizard for initial installation ( see Set-up) or • Using the web configurator on a PC/tablet: ¤ Quick Start Wizard ( see Web configurator) Setting up further IP accounts • Using the web configurator on a PC/tablet: Page Settings Telephony Connections ( see Web configurator) or • Using the VoIP wizard on the handset: ¤ . . . Use to select Settings OK Telephony OK VoIP Wiz- ard The process is the same as for the installation wizard ( see Set-up). Gigaset.net Gigaset.net is a VoIP service offered by Gigaset Communications GmbH. All users of a Gigaset VoIP device can make calls over the Internet directly and free of charge to other Gigaset.net users – without setting up an account with a phone provider (provider) and without making any further settings. Connections to/from other networks are not possible. Gigaset.net is a voluntary service provided by Gigaset Communications GmbH without guarantee or liability for the availability of the network and service provision. If you do not use your Gigaset.net connection for six months, it is automatically disabled. Re-activating your connection: ¤ Start search in Gigaset.net directory ¤ Make a call via Gigaset.net (dial a number with #9 at the end) ¤ Activate the connection via the web configurator.
  • 95. 95 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_VoIP.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Internet telephony (VoIP) Register with Gigaset.net Every Gigaset IP device is assigned a Gigaset.net phone number by default. When you open the Gigaset.net directory for the first time, you are asked to enter a name for your connection. ¤ Press and hold . . . the list of online directories is opened Gigaset.net OK . . . the Gigaset.net directory is opened . . . use to enter nickname (max. 25 characters) Save . . . the name is assigned to the phone number and recorded in the Gigaset.net directory Assign send and receive connections If multiple connections are configured for the phone (fixed line network, Gigaset.net and IP), you must specify • Which connection is used for an outgoing call (send connection) • To which internal participant a call is to be diverted from a certain connection (receive connection) Internal participants are the registered handsets and the three base answer machines. Each connection (number) of your phone can be both a send as well as a receive connection. Multiple internal participants can be assigned to each connection as send and/or receive connections. It may only be assigned to one answer machine as a receive connection. Default assignment • All configured connections are assigned to the handsets and answer machine 1 as receive connections on delivery. • The fixed line network connection is assigned to the handsets as a send connection. If you have no fixed line network connection, no send connection is assigned. You can also enter/change the Gigaset.net name via the web configurator: ¤ Settings Telephony Connections Data protection notice The nickname is saved on a central Gigaset server. The nickname appears in the Gigaset.net directory and other users of the Gigaset.net service can call you using this name. By entering your information, you agree for this data to be saved. If you do not wish this to happen, you can cancel the operation at this point: • Cancel without leaving the Gigaset.net directory: Do not enter a name Save . . . You can use the directory to search for other Gigaset.net participants and call them, but no nickname will be recorded. • Leave Gigaset.net directory without search: Press and hold the End call key Further information about the data stored in relation to the Gigaset.net service can be found at www.gigaset.net/privacy-policy Own Details Your Gigaset.net nickname: Gi abc < C Save
  • 96. 96 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Internet telephony (VoIP) Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_VoIP.fm / 7/24/15 Change default assignment • Using the installation wizard for initial installation ( see Set-up) or • Using the web configurator on a PC: Page Settings Telephony Number Assignment ( see Web configurator) or • Via the handset menu ¤ . . . Use to select Settings OK Telephony OK Send Connections/Rec. Connections OK The process is the same as for the installation wizard ( see Set-up). Internet call settings in web configurator • When making fixed line network calls, you must always dial the area code, even for local calls (depending on your provider): ¤ Settings Management Local Settings activate Use Area Code Numbers for Calls via VoIP option • Establish a connection automatically via the fixed line network if a call attempt via an IP connection fails: ¤ Settings Telephony Number Assignment . . . in Alternative Connection activate the Automatic fallback to fixed line option if a fixed line connection is available • Define a dialling plan: ¤ Settings Telephony Dialling Plans If a dialling plan has been defined for the dialled number, then the connection specified in the dialling plan will be used instead of the send connection. If the number is blocked by a dialling plan, Not possible is displayed. • Further settings: DTMF signalling, call transfer, assignment of the Recall key, communication ports ¤ Settings Telephony Advanced VoIP Settings Register with web configurator ( see Web configurator)
  • 97. 97 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Web configurator You can use the web configurator to make settings for the phone on a PC or tablet. • You can make settings that can also be made on your phone handset, e.g. set date and time or perform a firmware update • You can make additional settings that are not possible via the handset, meet particular prerequisites for connecting the phone to a company network or adjust the voice quality on IP connections • You can save data on the base where this is required for access to certain Internet services, e.g. public online directories, the incoming e-mail server for your e-mail account and the synchronisation of the date/time with a time server • You can connect the phone to the Gigaset cloud in order to receive call notifications on your smartphone • You can save data for your phone (base and handsets) in files on the PC and, in the event of an error, you can download them onto your phone again. See the online help for the web configurator for a detailed description of the web pages and the required entries ( p. 98). Start web configurator Connecting to the web configurator Establishing a connection via the phone's IP address ¤ Finding out the current IP address of the phone: Briefly press the registration/paging key on the base . . . the IP address is displayed on the handset ¤ Start your web browser on the PC/tablet Enter IP-address of phone in the browser address field (example: 192.168.2.2) . . . A connection is established to the phone's web configurator Your phone is connected to the local network. In most cases, this connection is established automatically as soon as the device is connected to the network. If this is not the case, connect to the local network via the handset ( p. 90). You may not be able to change some settings in the web configurator, depending on the provider. The web configurator cannot be accessed by more than one user at any one time. You can still make phone calls while working on the web configurator. The IP address can sometimes change, depending on the settings of the DHCP server in your network.
  • 98. 98 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15 Establishing a connection via the phone's domain name ¤ Start your web browser on the PC/tablet In the web browser address field, enter http://www.gigaset-config.com If you can contact multiple Gigaset devices via your Internet connection: Select device Registering/de-registering with the web configurator Registering, setting the interface language Once you have successfully established the connection, the website Welcome is displayed in the web browser. ¤ Select the desired language Enter PIN (default setting: 0000) OK De-registering ¤ Click on Log off at the top right in the menu bar. Help ¤ Click on the question mark on the top right of a web page . . . Online help opens in a separate window Searching in help: Click inside the Help window Press Ctrl and F. A search dialog opens. PC/tablet and phone are connected to the Internet. The connection between the PC and the web configurator is a local connection (LAN connection). The Internet is only accessed to establish the connection. For your security, you should change the default PIN ( p. 109). Always end the web configurator with the command Log off. If the web browser is closed without de-registering first, access to the web configurator may be blocked for a few minutes. The help pages are downloaded directly from the configuration server. You may need to change your browser settings to display the help pages correctly. Internet Explorer and Firefox require the following settings, for example: ¤ You must allow blocked active content for help (right-click the information bar at the top of the browser window). ¤ Allow the pages to use their own fonts or set Arial as the standard font (general option).
  • 99. 99 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Carry out initial configuration A wizard is available for initial configuration when no VoIP connection (IP account) has been set up. The wizard will help you configure an IP account. The phone offers a range of provider profiles that make it easier to configure an IP account. Each profile contains the most important configuration settings for the provider concerned. ¤ Home Quick Start Wizard Next ¤ Country Select from list Next If the phone is connected to a PABX that provides IP accounts, you can select the PABX here. ¤ Provider Select from list Next If the provider does not appear in the list: Select Other provider . . . You must now enter the provider data yourself For help, see page Settings Telephony Connections ¤ Enter the provider's access data Next . . . The phone is registered with the provider ¤ If the provider has a network mailbox: Enter the phone number . . . The mailbox will be activated once you close the wizard ¤ If all outgoing calls from the registered handset are to be made via this VoIP connection as standard: Mark Yes Default setting: No . . . Outgoing calls are made via fixed line network connection Detailed assignments for multiple handsets, multiple VoIP connections and incoming calls Number Assignment ( p. 102) ¤ Finish . . . The connection is recorded in the phone connection list ( p. 101) Change settings for this connection and/or set up further VoIP connections: ¤ Settings Telephony Connections ( p. 101).
  • 100. 100 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15 Network IP Configuration Connect phone to local network (LAN)/router. ¤ Settings Network IP Configuration In most cases, special settings are not required to connect the phone to the router/a local network. Your phone is preconfigured for dynamic assignment of the IP address by default (DHCP). In order for your router to "recognise" the phone, dynamic IP address assignment must also be activated on the router, i.e. the router's DHCP server must be activated. If the DHCP server cannot or should not be activated, you must assign a fixed/static IP address to the phone. A fixed IP address is useful, for example, if port forwarding or a DMZ is set up on the router for the phone. You can use the web configurator to make further settings that are required if you connect your phone to a large (company-wide or organisation-wide) network, or if you want to manage the phone remotely. • VLAN identifier / VLAN priority Store for access to a tagged VLAN. • Allow PCs outside your LAN to connect to the web configurator. Security The phone supports the establishment of secure data connections on the Internet with the TLS security protocol (Transport Layer Security). With TLS, the client (the phone) uses certificates to identify the server. These certificates must be stored on the base. ¤ Settings Network Security On this page, you will find the Server certificates/ CA certificates lists with the certificates saved on the base. The Invalid certificates list contains the certificates received from servers that have not passed the certificate check when establishing a connection, and certificates from the Server certificates / CA certificates lists that have become invalid (e. g. because they have expired). You can remove certificates and download new certificates to the base, and you can also accept or reject invalid certificates. If the connection toa data server on the Internet is not made because the phone does not accept the certificate received from the server (e.g. when downloading your e-mail messages from the POP3 server), you will be prompted to open the Security settings web page. The Invalid certificates list contains the certificate used to make the connection. Click on [Details] to display information about who issued the certificate (certification authority) and for whom, as well as its validity period. Authorising access from other networks increases the risk of unauthorised access. It is therefore recommended that you disable remote access if you no longer require it. The web configurator can only be accessed from other networks if your router passes on the service requests from "outside" to port 80 (the default port) of the phone. Make sure you read the user guide for your router.
  • 101. 101 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator If you accept the certificate, depending on its type, it is transferred to one of the Server certificates / CA certificates lists (even if it has already expired). If a server responds again with this certificate, this connection is accepted immediately. If you decline the certificate, it is transferred to the Server certificates list with the label (rejected). If a server responds again with this certificate, this connection is rejected immediately. Telephony Connections to base Manage connections to base: ¤ Settings Telephony Connections This web page displays a list with all possible connections and their status (e.g. Connected, Registered, Not configured): Fixed line You do not have to configure the fixed line network connection. You can make or receive calls on the fixed line network connection once your phone is connected to the fixed line network connection. Making changes via [Edit]: • Name of the fixed line network connection. The name entered is shown, e.g. for calls to your fixed line network connection, in the displays of the registered handsets and in the call list. • Setting Dialling Mode and Flash time. The flash time is set by default for operating the phone on the main connection. You must change it if necessary if you connect the phone to a PABX (see the user guide for your PABX). Gigaset.net The Gigaset.net connection is preconfigured in your phone. Your phone is preassigned a Gigaset.net number. You can activate and deactivate the Gigaset.net connection. If the connection is deactivated, the phone will not register with the Gigaset.net service. You are then not available via the Gigaset.net connection. Making changes via [Edit]: • Name of Gigaset.net connection • Deactivate STUN. The Gigaset.net connection uses a STUN server as standard. In the sent data packets, Gigaset.net replaces the private IP address of your phone with its public IP- address. If you operate your phone behind a router with symmetric NAT, STUN cannot be used. You must deactivate it. Otherwise, when making Gigaset.net calls you will not be able to hear the caller. IP1 - IP6 You can assign up to six VoIP connections (VoIP phone numbers) to your phone. You need an IP account from a provider for each VoIP phone number. Save the access data in your phone. Set up/change VoIP connections via [Edit]
  • 102. 102 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15 Send and receive connections For the number assignment, open the web page: ¤ Settings Telephony Number Assignment Assign send and receive connections to the registered handsets and answer machine on the base : • The fixed line network connection is assigned to each handset automatically when they are registered. • You can assign each handset either a fixed phone number or a line selection. With line selection, you choose the connection to be used for each call. • The Gigaset.net number is assigned as the fixed send connection for each registered handset. Numbers that end in #9 are automatically dialled via Gigaset.net. • Once the new entry is made, each connection is assigned to integrated answer machine 1 as a connection. • Answer machines 2 and 3 are only activated if you have assigned each one at least one connection. If an answer machine is not activated, it does not appear on the answer machine list and you cannot activate it. • Each connection can only be assigned to one answer machine. Activating a fixed line network connection as a fallback send connection You can activate the fixed line network connection on your phone as a fallback connection. If a call attempt fails via VoIP (IP connection or Gigaset.net), an attempt is automatically made (without prompting) to establish a connection via the fixed line network. ¤ . . . In Alternative Connection, activate the Automatic fallback to fixed line option A fallback is used in the following situations: • The IP connections are busy (you can make calls on a maximum of two IP lines at the same time) • The SIP server for the VoIP connection cannot be accessed • The VoIP connection has not yet been configured or has not been configured correctly (e.g. incorrect password) • The phone does not have a connection to the Internet, e.g. because your router is deactivated or not connected to the Internet. SMS messages that are to be sent via a VoIP connection are not sent via the fallback connection. You can avoid having to assign connections to certain phone numbers by using a dialling plan for these phone numbers. Deactivate option if you are not connected to a fixed line network (default setting). Otherwise, you will be switched automatically to the fixed line network if no IP connection can be established temporarily, e. g. if the phone starts faster than the router. The phone would therefore not be functional.
  • 103. 103 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Voice quality for VoIP connections Functions to improve the voice quality on VoIP connections (IP or Gigaset.net) are available on the web page: ¤ Settings Telephony Audio The voice quality for VoIP connections is mainly determined by the voice codec used for transferring the data and the available bandwidth of your DSL connection. In the case of the voice codec, the voice data is digitised (coded/decoded) and compressed. A "better" codec (better voice quality) means more data needs to be transferred, i.e. it requires a DSL connection with a larger bandwidth. You can change the voice quality by selecting (bearing in mind the bandwidth of your DSL connection) the voice codecs your phone is to use, and specifying the order in which the codecs are to be suggested when a VoIP connection is established. Default settings for the codecs used are stored in your phone; one setting optimised for low bandwidths and one for high bandwidths. The following voice codecs are supported: G.722 Excellentvoicequality. Thebroadband voice codec G.722 works at the same bit rate as G.711 (64 kbit/s per speech connection) but with a higher sampling rate. You can use this to play back higher frequencies. The speech tone is therefore clearer and better than with the other codecs (High Definition Sound Performance). G.711 a law / G.711 μ law Excellent voicequality (comparable with ISDN).The required bandwidth is 64 kbit/s per voice connection. G.726 Good voice quality (inferior to that with G.711 but better than with G.729). Your phone supports G.726 with a transmission rate of 32 kbit/s per voice connection. G.729 Average voice quality. The necessary bandwidth is less than or equal to 8 kbit/s per voice connection. To save additional bandwidth and transmission capacity on VoIP connections that use the G.729 codec you can suppress the transmission of voice packets in pauses ("silence suppression"). Instead of the background noises in your environment, your caller then hears a synthetic noise generated in the receiver (option: Enable Annex B for codec G.729). Network mailbox If the provider (fixed line network and/or Internet telephony) has a network mailbox, this is displayed on the following web page: ¤ Settings Telephony Network mailboxes You can enter the phone numbers for the network mailbox here and switch the network mailbox for the configured VoIP connections on and off.
  • 104. 104 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15 User-defined dialling plans You can define your own dialling plans on the web page: ¤ Settings Telephony Dialling Plans You can specify the following dialling plans: • Specify a connection for phone numbers (Fixed line, Gigaset.net or IP1 - IP6), which should always be used to dial these phone numbers and therefore also for billing. If you enter just a few digits (e.g. local area, national or mobile network code) any call to a number beginning with these digits will be made via the selected connection. • If you block phone numbers, your phone will not establish a connection to these numbers (e.g. 0190 or 0900 numbers). These dialling plans apply to all registered handsets. The send connection settings are inactive when you dial numbers that are governed by a dialling plan. You can activate and deactivate the dialling plans as required. Emergency numbers Dialling plans for emergency numbers (e.g. the local police emergency number) are preset for certain countries. The fixed line network is set as the Connection. You should only change these dialling plans if the phone is not connected to the fixed line network. If you choose an IP connection, please make sure the provider supports calls to emergency numbers. If the VoIP connection is deleted from the configuration, the emergency call can no longer be made. If no emergency numbers are set by default, you should define dialling plans for emergency numbers yourself and assign them to a connection that you know supports emergency calls. Access codes – dialling plans when connecting to a PABX If your phone is connected to a PABX, you may have to enter an access code for external calls (outside line code, e.g. "0"). Save one access code each for fixed line network and VoIP calls and specify when the phone numbers should be automatically prefixed with the digits. These settings are available in the Access Code area on the web page: ¤ Settings Telephony Dialling Plans Local area codes – dialling plans for local calls using VoIP If you use VoIP to make a call to the fixed line network, you may also have to dial the area code for local calls (depending on the provider). You can avoid having to enter your own local area code by entering the full area code (with the international code) for the location where you are using the phone in the phone configuration and activating the Predial area code for local calls via VoIP option. These settings are available in the Area Codes area on the web page: ¤ Settings Management Local Settings Dialling plans, with the exception of a block, are not effective if you have assigned the line selection to a display key on the handset and you explicitly choose a send connection from the list of available connections before dialling.
  • 105. 105 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Special settings for Internet telephony Activating Call Forwarding for VoIP connections The settings for Call Forwarding are on the web page: ¤ Settings Telephony Call Divert You can divert calls to your VoIP connections and to your Gigaset.net number. You can divert calls to your VoIP connections to any external number (VoIP, fixed line network or mobile number). Call Forwarding takes place via VoIP. You can divert calls to your Gigaset.net number within the Gigaset.net, i.e. to another Gigaset.net number. Setting DTMF signalling for VoIP You can change the settings for DTMF signalling in the DTMF over VoIP Connections area on the web page: ¤ Settings Telephony Advanced VoIP Settings DTMF signalling is required, for example, for querying and controlling certain network mailboxes via digit codes or for remote operation of a local answer machine. To send DTMF signals via VoIP you must first define how key codes should be converted into and sent as DTMF signals: as audible information via the speech channel or as an "SIP Info" message. Ask your provider which type of DTMF transmission it supports. You can configure your phone in such a way that it attempts with each call to set the most suitable DTMF signalling for the current codec (Automatic). Or you can explicitly define the type of DTMF signalling: • Audio or RFC 2833, if DTMF signals are to be transmitted acoustically (in voice packets). • SIP info, if DTMF signals are to be transmitted as code. Configuring call transfer via VoIP You can change the settings for call transfer in the Call Transfer area on the web page: ¤ Settings Telephony Advanced VoIP Settings You can transfer an external call to a VoIP connection to a second external participant by pressing the Recall key (depending on the provider). Add/change settings for call transfer: • Activate call transfer by ending the call. The two external participants will be connected when you press the End call key . • Activate direct call transfer. The call can be transferred before the second participant has answered. • Press the Recall key to deactivate call transfer if you want to assign a different feature to the Recall key ( "Defining Recall key functions for VoIP (hook flash)"). DTMF signals cannot be transmitted in the audio path (Audio) on broadband connections (the G.722 codec is used).
  • 106. 106 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15 Defining Recall key functions for VoIP (hook flash) You can specify the function for the Recall key on the web page: ¤ Settings Telephony Advanced VoIP Settings Your provider may support special performance features. To make use of these features, your phone needs to send a specific signal (data packet) to the SIP server. You can assign this "signal" as the Recall function to the Recall key on the handsets. Prerequisite: The Recall key is not used for call transfer (default setting). If you press this key during a VoIP call, the signal is sent. This requires that DTMF signalling via SIP info messages is activated on the phone (see above). Defining local communication ports for VoIP The settings for the communication ports are on the web page: ¤ Settings Telephony Advanced VoIP Settings The following communication ports are used for Internet telephony: • SIP port: The communication port via which the phone receives (SIP) signalling data. The default standard port number is set to 5060 for SIP signalling. • RTP port: Two consecutive RTP ports (consecutive port numbers) are required for each VoIP connection. Voice data is received via one port and control data via the other. The default standard port number is set to 5004 - 5020. This setting only has to be changed if the port numbers are already being used by other participants in the LAN. You can then specify other fixed port numbers or port number ranges for the SIP and RTP port. If several VoIP phones are operated on the same router with NAT, it makes sense to use randomly selected ports. The phones must then use different ports so that the router's NAT is only able to forward incoming calls and voice data to one (the intended) phone. Use the web configurator to specify a port number range for the SIP and RTP port that the ports are chosen from. Messaging E-mail notifications Save the address of the incoming e-mail server and personal access data for your mailbox in the base. Specify the time interval at which the phone should check whether the incoming e-mail server has received new e-mail messages. Specify whether authentication on the incoming e-mail server should be carried out via a secure connection. ¤ Settings Messaging Email Message Notification The LED in the message key on the base connected with the handset indicates when a new message, e. g. a new e-mail, has been received. You can specify for each individual handset what kind of new message should be displayed. ¤ Settings Messaging Message Notification
  • 107. 107 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Call notifications on mobile devices To receive notifications about newly received calls/messages on your phone on a mobile device (e. g. your smartphone), you need to register the phone with Gigaset elements. The registration must be carried out on both the phone and the mobile device: On the phone's web configurator: ¤ Settings Messaging Call Notification Click on Register now . . . An activation code is displayed On mobile device: ¤ Open Gigaset elements System overview Add + Tap on GO-Box Enter activa- tion code from the web configurator Next . . . The mobile device is now ready to display incoming calls/messages on your phone On the phone's web configurator: If registration was successful, Registered at Gigaset elements will be displayed. The available phone connections are listed. ¤ Mark the connections for which you want to receive notifications on your mobile device Set Info Services Customise personal services on the Gigaset.net server for the Info Center and screensaver Info Services. Activate info services for handsets. ¤ Settings Info Services On this page, you will be able to access the Gigaset.net server and view your personal access data. Directories Online Directory Select provider for online directory. You can set the Display of caller’s name option, depending on the provider selected. This means that the name of the caller is read from the online directory for incoming calls and shown on the display (where the handset's local directory does not contain an entry for the caller's number). ¤ Settings Directories Online Directory You have a mobile device with an iOS or Android operating system. The Gigaset elements app has been installed on the mobile device. If answer machines have been assigned to the connections ( p. 102), you will also receive notifications for newly received messages on these answer machines to your smartphone. Further information about Gigaset GO can be found at www.gigaset.com/go
  • 108. 108 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15 Directory Transfer Deleting handset directories and downloading to/from the PC. ¤ Settings Directory Transfer • Save directories on a PC. Entries are stored in vCard format in a vcf file on the PC. You can download these files onto every registered handset. You can also copy directory entries to your PC address book. • Copy contact details from your PC address book to handset directories. Export contacts in vcf files (vCards) and transfer to handset directories. • Delete a directory on the handset. If you have edited the directory file (vcf file) on the PC and would like to load thismodified directory tothe handset, you can delete thecurrent directory on the handset before the transfer. Tip: Back up the current directory on your PC before deleting it. You can then reload it if the modified directory is affected by formatting errors and some, or all, of it cannot be loaded onto the handset. Transfer rules The directory entries from a vcf file that are loaded onto the handset will be added to the directory. If an entry already exists for a name, it will either be supplemented or a new entry for the name will be created. The process will not overwrite or delete any phone numbers. Contents of directory file (vcf-file) The following data (if available) is written into the vcf file for entry into the directory or transferred from a vcf file into the handset directory: • Name • First name • Number • Number (office) • Number (mobile) • E-mail address • Anniversary date (YYYY-MM-DD) and the time of the reminder call (HH:MM) separated by a "T" (example: 2008-12-24T11:00). Other information that a vCard may contain is not entered into the handset directory. • You can find information on vCard format (vcf) on the Internet, e.g. at: www.en.wikipedia.org/wiki/VCard (English) www.de.wikipedia.org/wiki/VCard (German) (You can set the display language at the bottom left side in the navigation area of the web page) • If you wish to copy a directory (vcf file) with multiple entries stored on the PC to the Microsoft Outlook™ address book, please note the following: Microsoft Outlook™ only ever transfers the first (directory) entry from the vcf file to its address book. Depending on your device type, up to three entries with the same name are created in the directory for each vCard – one entry per entered number.
  • 109. 109 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Example of an entry in vCard format: BEGIN:VCARD VERSION:2.1 N:Smith;Anna TEL;HOME:1234567890 TEL;WORK:0299123456 TEL;CELL:0175987654321 E-MAIL:anna@musterfrau.de BDAY:2008-12-24T11:00 END:VCARD Management Date and Time Managing the synchronisation of the base with a time server. By default, your phone is configured so that the date/time is transferred from a time server on the Internet. Changes to time server settings via web page: ¤ Settings Management Date and Time Changing the base settings, registering handsets • Switch the base to registration mode to register more handsets to the base. This setting corresponds to pressing and holding the registration/paging key on the front of the base. • Activate or deactivate Eco Mode or Eco Mode+. • Change the system PIN for your phone. • Activate and deactivate the LED for the registration/paging key on the front of the base. • Activate or deactivate the display of VoIP status messages on your handset. The base settings are on the web page ¤ Settings Management Miscellaneous Rebooting the device or restoring the factory settings If your phone suddenly does not work as expected, you can reboot it. This frequently resolves problems. You can also reset all of the settings on the phone to the default settings e.g. if you want to give your phone to a third participant. This deletes all settings, lists and directory entries! ¤ Settings Management Reboot & Reset
  • 110. 110 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15 Saving and restoring system settings Once you have configured your base and after each configuration change, you can save the current base settings in a file on the PC (suffix .cfg). You can reload the file onto the phone again when necessary. ¤ Settings Management Save and Restore The contents of the .cfg file include: • The settings for the local network (IP configuration) • The data for the (VoIP) connections established • The assignment of send and receive connections • Your own local area code and access code • The network mailbox number • The Internet services settings • The ECO DECT settings Firmware Update Regular updates to the base firmware and the provider profile for VoIP connections (general provider data) are made available on an Internet configuration server. You can download these updates onto your base as required. The URL for this server is stored in the base. ¤ Settings Management Firmware Update Starting firmware update If a new version of the firmware is available, this is downloaded to the base and the base is restarted. A firmware update lasts approx. six minutes. The duration also depends on the bandwidth of your DSL connection. Enabling/disabling the automatic version check When the version check is enabled, the phone checks on a daily basis whether the Gigaset configuration server has a new version of the phone firmware. If the phone is not connected to the Internet at the time when the check is to be performed (e.g. because the router is disabled), the check is performed as soon as the phone is reconnected to the Internet. If a new version is available, a message to this effect is shown on the display of the registered handsets. You can start the update of the firmware on one of the handsets. Downgrading firmware ¤ You can reload the firmware version that was loaded before the last update on the base. or ¤ You can reload the firmware version that was loaded by default onto the phone. The selected firmware is reloaded onto the phone and the current firmware is overwritten.
  • 111. 111 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Status of the phone ¤ Status Device Information about the phone is displayed: • IP and MAC address for the base • Version of the firmware currently loaded, format: aa.bbb (aabbbxxyyyzz) Example: 42.020 (420200000000 / V42.00) means that version 20 of the firmware is currently loaded on your base. • A list of the registered handsets ¤ Status Connections The page displays the currently available connections and their status. aa Phone product variant bbb Firmware version xx Sub-version yyyzz only significant for the service
  • 112. 112 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Web configurator Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / settings_web-conf.fm / 7/24/15 Menu overview Quick Start Wizard p. 99 Settings Network IP Configuration p. 100 Security p. 100 Telephony Connections p. 101 Audio p. 103 Number Assignment p. 102 Call Divert p. 105 Dialling Plans p. 104 Network mailboxes p. 103 Advanced VoIP Settings p. 105 Messaging Email p. 107 Message Notification p. 106 Call Notification p. 107 Info Services p. 107 Directories Online Directory p. 107 Directory Transfer p. 108 Management Date and Time p. 109 Local Settings p. 104 Miscellaneous p. 109 Reboot & Reset p. 109 Save and Restore p. 110 Firmware Update p. 110 Status Device p. 111 Connections p. 111
  • 113. 113 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Service (Customer Care) Appendix Service (Customer Care) Step by step towards your solution with Gigaset Customer Care www.gigaset.com/service Visit our Customer Care pages: www.gigaset.com/service Here you will find: • Frequently asked questions • Free software and user manual downloads • Compatibility checks Contact our Customer Care team: Couldn't find a solution in the FAQs section? We are happy to help... ... by eMail: www.gigaset.com/contact ... by telephone: United Kingdom www.gigaset.com/uk/service Service Hotline: 020 36953111 (local call cost charge) Ireland www.gigaset.com/ie/service Service Hotline: 0818 200 033 (6.6561 Ct./Call) Please have your proof of purchase ready when calling. Please note that if the Gigaset product is not sold by authorised dealers in the national territory the product may not be fully compatible with the national telephone network. It is clearly specified on the box near the CE mark for which country/countries the equipment has been developed. If the equipment is used in a manner inconsistent with this advice or with the instructions of the manual and on the product itself, this may have implications on the conditions for warranty or guarantee claims (repair or exchange of product). In order to make use of the warranty, the product purchaser is asked to submit a receipt which proves the date of purchase (date from which the warranty period starts) and the type of goods that have been purchased. For questions about VoIP access, please contact the respective service provider.
  • 114. 114 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Service (Customer Care) Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15 Questions and answers Possible solutions are available online at www.gigaset.com/faq Troubleshooting The phone is not ready for use after initial set-up. • The one-off initialisation phase may take up to 10 minutes. The display is blank. • The handset is not activated. Press and hold • The battery is empty. Charge the battery or replace it ( p. 11) "No Base" flashes on the display. • The handset is outside the range of the base station. Move the handset closer to the base station • The base is not activated. Check the base station power adapter • The base station's range is reduced because Maximum Range is deactivated. ¥ Activate Maximum Range ( p. 58) or reduce the distance between the handset and base station "Please register handset" flashes on the display. • The handset has not yet been registered or was de-registered due to the registration of an additional hand- set (more than 6 DECT registrations). Re-register the handset ( p. 76) Your settings are not accepted. • The wrong profile has been set. Set Profile Personal . . . then make changes to the device settings ( p. 84). The handset does not ring. • The ringtone is deactivated. Activate ringtone ( p. 82) • Call forwarding is set. Deactivate call forwarding ( p. 31) • The phone does not ring if the caller has withheld his number. ¥ Activate the ringtone for anonymous calls ( p. 59). • The phone does not ring during a specific period or for certain numbers. ¥ Check the time control for external calls ( p. 59) No ringtone/dial tone from the fixed line network. • Incorrect phone cable. Please always use the phone cable supplied or ensure that the pin connections are correct when purchasing from a retailer ( p. 121). The connection always terminates after approx. 30 seconds. • A repeater (earlier than Version 2.0) has been activated or deactivated ( p. 79). Switch the handset off and back on again ( p. 18). Error tone sounds after system PIN prompt. • You have entered the wrong system PIN. Repeat the process, reset the system PIN to 0000 if required ( p. 92) Forgotten system PIN. ¥ Reset the system PIN to 000 ( p. 92) The other party cannot hear you. • The handset is "muted". Activate the microphone again ( p. 25) Some of the network services do not work as specified. • Features are not enabled. Contact the network provider for details.
  • 115. 115 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Service (Customer Care) The caller's number is not displayed. • Calling Line Identification (CLI) is not enabled for the caller. The caller should ask the network provider to enable Calling Line Identification (CLI). • Calling Line Identification Presentation (CLIP) is not supported or enabled by the network provider. Ask the network provider to enable Caller Line Identification Presentation (CLIP). • The telephone is connected via a PABX or a router with an integrated PABX (gateway) that does not trans- mit all information. ¥ Reset the system: Briefly pull out the power plug. Reinsert the plug and wait until the device restarts. ¥ Check the settings on the PABX and activate phone number display, if necessary. To do this, search for terms such as CLIP, calling line identification, telephone number identification, caller ID, ... in the sys- tem user guide or ask the system manufacturer. You hear an error tone when keying in (descending tone sequence). • Action has failed/invalid input. Repeat the process. Read the display and refer to the user guide if nec- essary. You cannot listen to messages on the network mailbox. • Your PABX is set to pulse dialling. Set your PABX to tone dialling. No time is specified for a message in the call list. • Date/time are not set. Set the date/time. Internet telephony not possible. • No IP account has been set up: Register the phone with your provider for Internet telephony ( p. 14) • Display shows Provider error registration failed: Registration of the phone with your provider for Internet telephony has failed. Repeat the process ( p. 14). Check registration status in web configurator if necessary ( p. 101). • Display shows No IP connection: No IP account configured or the IP connections have been deactivated No connection to the Internet. • Display shows No LAN connection: Check cable connection between router and base. • Display shows IP address not available: Check IP configuration. • The phone is preconfigured for dynamic assignment of the IP address. In order for your router to "recog- nise" the phone, dynamic IP address assignment must also be activated on the router, i.e. the router's DHCP server must be activated. • If the router's DHCP server cannot be/is not activated: Assign a fixed IP address to the phone. • Display shows Check IP settings: The telephone is not connected to the Internet. ¥ Check the cable connections between the base station and router and between the router and the Internet. ¥ Check the telephone's connection with the LAN, check whether the phone can be contacted at its IP address. Check the IP address on the handset. • Display shows Internet connection not available: Connection to the Internet has been interrupted: Please try again later Otherwise: Check the plug connection between the router and modem or DSL connection and the router settings. Firmware update or VoIP profile download is not carried out. • Display shows Currently not possible: The VoIP connections may be busy or a download/update is already being carried out. Try again later. • Display shows File unreadable : Firmware file may be invalid. Use only the firmware available on the preconfigured Gigaset configuration server. • Display shows Server not accessible: • The download server is not available. Try again later. • The router is not available or has no connection to the Internet. Check the connection between the phone and the router and restart the router if necessary. • The pre-set server address has been changed. Change the address in the web configurator or reset the base station. • Display shows Transmissionerror XXX: An error occurred while transferring the file. An HTTP error code is displayed in place of XXX. Repeat the process. If the error occurs again, consult the service department.
  • 116. 116 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Service (Customer Care) Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15 You cannot establish a connection to the phone with your PC's web browser. • IP address is incorrect: Request the handset's IP address Try to re-establish the connection. • Check connections between the PC and the base station. Open the command box on the PC send a ping command to the base station (ping <base station's local IP address>). • You have tried to reach the phone via a secure http (https://...). Retry with http://... GO functions The smartphone display does not show the complete phone number and area code. • Country code and local area code are not set correctly. Configuring settings: With handset: Settings – Telephony – Area Codes With web configurator: Settings – Management – Local Settings No events displayed on the smartphone (e. g. missed call). • You have not selected a connection that can be used to transfer events to your smartphone. ¥ Once you have registered the phone with Gigaset elements on the web configurator page Settings – Messaging – Call Notification select connection(s) The name of the participant is not displayed in the events list on your smartphone. • The contact is not available on your smartphone. Enter contact. • The participant number is stored differently in the contact list, e. g. without the area code ¥ Configure settings for country code and local area code: With handset: Settings – Telephony – Area Codes With web configurator: Settings – Management – Local Settings Calling back a missed call from your smartphone. ¥ Tap the event entry Missed call tap on the Call back icon. Answer machine ( p. 45) No time is specified for a message in the call list. • Date/time are not set. Set the date/time ( p. 89) The answer machine reports "Invalid PIN" during remote operation. • You have entered the wrong system PIN. Repeat input of system PIN • The system PIN is still set to 0000. Set the system PIN to something other than 0000 ( p. 92) The answer machine is not recording any messages/has switched to answer only mode. • The memory is full. Delete old messages Listen to new messages and then delete
  • 117. 117 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Service (Customer Care) Operation behind routers with network address translation (NAT) In general, no special telephone or router configuration is required when operating a Gigaset telephone with NAT router. The configuration settings described in this section are only necessary if you encounter one of the following problems. • No incoming calls are possible via VoIP. Calls to your VoIP phone numbers are not put through. • Outgoing calls via VoIP are not connected. • A connection is established with the other participant, but you cannot hear them and/or they cannot hear you. Changing the port numbers for SIP and RTP on your VoIP phone ¥ Connect to the telephone's web configurator using the PC web browser Register Open website Set- tings – Telephony – Advanced VoIP Settings Change SIP and RTP port numbers Save settings Example: Select port numbers that are similar to the standard settings: ¥ Check new settings: Open website Settings – Telephony – Connections . . . the Status of the VoIP set- tings is displayed ¥ Test to see whether the original problem persists. If the problem does persist, carry out the next step. Setting port forwarding on the router Details for enabling a port on the router (example): To enable the router to perform this port forwarding, the DHCP settings of the router must ensure that the phone is always assigned the same local IP address. Guarantee Certificate - United Kingdom Without prejudice to any claim the user (customer) may have in relation to the dealer or retailer, the customer shall be granted a manufacturer's Guarantee under the conditions set out below: • In the case of new devices and their components exhibiting defects resulting from manufacturing and/or material faults within 24 months of purchase, Gigaset Communications shall, at its own option and free of charge, either replace the device with another device reflecting the current state of the art, or repair the said device. In respect of parts subject to wear and tear (including but not limited to, batteries, keypads, casing), this warranty shall be valid for six months from the date of purchase. The SIP and RTP port numbers may not be used by any other application or by any other host in the LAN and should be completely different to the SIP and port numbers that are usually used (and pre- set in the phone). SIP port 49060 instead of 5060 RTP port 49004 to 49010 instead of 5004 to 5010 Protocol Public port Local port Local host (IP) for SIP UDP 49060 49060 192.168.2.10 for RTP UDP 49004 – 49010 49004 – 49010 192.168.2.10 Protocol The protocol used must be UDP. Public port Port number/port number range on the WAN interface Local port The SIP and RTP port numbers set on the phone Local host (IP) Local IP address of your phone in the LAN
  • 118. 118 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Service (Customer Care) Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15 • This Guarantee shall be invalid if the device defect is attributable to improper treatment and/or failure to comply with information contained in the user guides. • This Guarantee shall not apply to or extend to services performed by the authorised dealer or the cus- tomer themselves (e. g. installation, configuration, software downloads). User guides and any software supplied on a separate data medium shall be excluded from the Guarantee. • The purchase receipt, together with the date of purchase, shall be required as evidence for invoking the Guarantee. Claims under the Guarantee must be submitted within two months of the Guarantee default becoming evident. • Ownership of devices or components replaced by and returned to Gigaset Communications shall vest in Gigaset Communications. • This Guarantee shall apply to new devices purchased in the European Union. For Products sold in the United Kingdom the Guarantee is issued by: Gigaset Communications UK Limited, 2 White Friars, Chester, CH1 1NZ. • Any other claims resulting out of or in connection with the device shall be excluded from this Guarantee. Nothing in this Guarantee shall attempt to limit or exclude a Customers Statutory Rights, nor the manu- facturer's liability for death or personal injury resulting from its negligence. • The duration of the Guarantee shall not be extended by services rendered under the terms of the Guaran- tee. • Insofar as no Guarantee default exists, Gigaset Communications reserves the right to charge the customer for replacement or repair. • The above provisions does not imply a change in the burden of proof to the detriment of the customer. To invoke this Guarantee, please contact the Gigaset Communications telephone service. The relevant num- ber is to be found in the accompanying user guide. Guarantee Certificate - Ireland Without prejudice to any claim the user (customer) may have in relation to the dealer or retailer, the customer shall be granted a manufacturer’s Guarantee under the conditions set out below: • In the case of new devices and their components exhibiting defects resulting from manufacturing and/or material faults within 24 months of purchase, Gigaset Communications shall, at its own option and free of charge, either replace the device with another device reflecting the current state of the art, or repair the said device. In respect of parts subject to wear and tear (including but not limited to, batteries, keypads, casing), this warranty shall be valid for six months from the date of purchase. • This Guarantee shall be invalid if the device defect is attributable to improper care or use and/or failure to comply with information contained in the user manuals. In particular claims under the Guarantee cannot be made if: • The device is opened (this is classed as third party intervention) • Repairs or other work done by persons not authorised by Gigaset Communications. • Components on the printed circuit board are manipulated • The software is manipulated • Defects or damage caused by dropping, breaking, lightning or ingress of moisture. This also applies if defects or damage was caused by mechanical, chemical, radio interference or thermal factors (e.g.: micro- wave, sauna etc.) • Devices fitted with accessories not authorised by Gigaset Communications • This Guarantee shall not apply to or extend to services performed by the authorised dealer or the cus- tomer themselves (e.g. installation, configuration, software downloads). User manuals and any software supplied on a separate data medium shall be excluded from the Guarantee. • The purchase receipt, together with the date of purchase, shall be required as evidence for invoking the Guarantee. Claims under the Guarantee must be submitted within two months of the Guarantee default becoming evident. • Ownership of devices or components replaced by and returned to Gigaset Communications shall vest in Gigaset Communications. • This Guarantee shall apply to new devices purchased in the European Union. For Products sold in the Republicof Ireland the Guarantee is issued by Gigaset Communications UK Limited, 2 WhiteFriars, Chester, CH1 1NZ.
  • 119. 119 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Manufacturer's advice • Any other claims resulting out of or in connection with the device shall be excluded from this Guarantee. Nothing in this Guarantee shall attempt to limit or exclude a Customers Statutory Rights, nor the manu- facturer’s liability for death or personal injury resulting from its negligence. • The duration of the Guarantee shall not be extended by services rendered under the terms of the Guaran- tee. • Insofar as no Guarantee default exists, Gigaset Communications reserves the right to charge the customer for replacement or repair. • The above provisions does not imply a change in the burden of proof to the detriment of the customer. To invoke this Guarantee, please contact the Gigaset Communications helpdesk. This number is also to be found in the accompanying user guide. Exclusion of liability Your handset's display consists of pixels. Each pixel consists of three sub-pixels (red, green, blue). It may be the case that a sub-pixel is missing or has a colour deviation. A warranty claim is only valid if the maximum number of permitted pixel errors is exceeded. Manufacturer's advice Authorisation This device is intended for analogue phone lines in the UK and on the Irish network. Voice over IP telephony is possible via the LAN interface (IEEE 802.3). Depending on your telecommunication network interface, an additional modem could be necessary. For further information please contact your Internet provider. Country-specific requirements have been taken into consideration. We, Gigaset Communications GmbH, declare that this device meets the essential requirements and other rel- evant regulations laid down in Directive 1999/5/EC. The EC declaration of your country according to 1999/5/EC can be found at: www.gigaset.com/docs. This declaration could also be available in the "International Declarations of Conformity" or “European Decla- rations of Conformity” files. Therefore please check all of these files. Description Maximum number of permitted pixel errors Colour illuminated sub-pixels 1 Dark sub-pixels 1 Total number of coloured and dark sub-pixels 1 Signs of wear on the display and casing are excluded from the warranty.
  • 120. 120 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Manufacturer's advice Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_legal_GO.fm / 7/24/15 Environment Our environmental statement We at Gigaset Communications GmbH are aware of our social responsibility. That is why we actively take steps to create a better world. In all areas of our business – from product planning and production to sales and waste of disposal – following our environmental conscience in everything we do is of utmost importance to us. Learn more about our earth-friendly products and processes online at www.gigaset.com. Environmental management system Gigaset Communications GmbHis certified pursuant to the international standards ISO 14001 and ISO 9001. ISO 14001 (Environment): Certified since September 2007 by TÜV SÜD Management Service GmbH. ISO 9001 (Quality): Certified since 17/02/1994 by TÜV SÜD Management Service GmbH. Disposal Batteries should not be disposed of in general household waste. Observe the local waste disposal regulations, details of which can be obtained from your local authority. All electrical and electronic products should be disposed of separately from the municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities. This crossed-out wheeled bin symbol on the product means the product is covered by the Euro- pean Directive 2002/96/EC. The correct disposal and separate collection of your old appliance will help prevent potential neg- ative consequences for the environment and human health. It is a precondition for reuse and recy- cling of used electrical and electronic equipment. For more detailed information about disposal of your old appliance, please contact your local council refuse centre or the original supplier of the product. Care Wipe the device with a damp cloth or an antistatic cloth. Do not use solvents or microfibre cloths. Never use a dry cloth; this can cause static. In rare cases, contact with chemical substances can cause changes to the device’s exterior. Due to the wide variety of chemical products available on the market, it was not possible to test all substances. Impairments in high-gloss finishes can be carefully removed using display polishes for mobile phones. Contact with liquid If the device comes into contact with liquid: 1 Disconnect the power supply. 2 Remove the batteries and leave the battery compartment open. 3 Allow the liquid to drain from the device. 4 Pat all parts dry. 5 Place the device in a dry, warm place for at least 72 hours (not in a microwave, oven etc.) with the battery compartment open and the keypad facing down (if applicable). 6 Do not switch on the device again until it is completely dry. When it has fully dried out, you will normally be able to use it again.
  • 121. 121 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_technical_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Technical data Technical data Batteries Handset operating times/charging times The operating time of your Gigaset depends on the capacity of the battery, its age and the way it is used. (All times are maximum possible times.) Base station power consumption General specifications Technology: 2 x AAA NiMH Voltage: 1.2 V Capacity: 750 mAh Standby time (hours) * 320/180 Talktime (hours) 14 Operating time with 1.5 hours of calls per day (hours) * 120/95 Charging time in charging cradle (hours) 7.5 * No Radiation switched on/off, without display backlight in idle status (Setting the display backlight p. 83) The telephone operating times will increase if a more efficient battery is used. In standby mode approx. 1.3 W During a call approx. 1.4 W DECT standard Supported GAP standard Supported No. of channels 60 duplex channels Radio frequency range 1880-1900 MHz Duplex mode Time division multiplexing, 10 ms frame length Repetition frequency of the transmission pulse 100 Hz Duration of the transmission pulse 370 μs Channel grid 1728 kHz Bit rate 1152 kbit/s Modulation GFSK Language code 32 kbit/s Transmission power 10 mW average power per channel, 250 mW pulse power Range Up to 50 m indoors, up to 300 m outdoors Base station power supply 230 V ~/50 Hz Environmental conditions for operation +5 °C to +45 °C; 20% to 75% relative humidity
  • 122. 122 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Technical data Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / appendix_technical_GO.fm / 7/24/15 Pin connections on the telephone jack Character charts Dialling mode DTMF (tone dialling)/PD (pulse dialling) Codec G.711, G.726, G.729AB with VAD/CNG, G.722 Quality of Service TOS, DiffServ Protocols SIP, RTP, DHCP, NAT Traversal (STUN), HTTP Standard characters Press the relevant key several times. 3 2 1 4 5 6 1 unused 2 unused 3 a 4 b 5 unused 6 unused 1) Space 2) Line break 1x 2x 3x 4x 5x 6x 7x 8x 9x 10x 1 2 a b c 2 ä á à â ã ç 3 d e f 3 ë é è ê 4 g h i 4 ï í ì î 5 j k l 5 L m n o 6 ö ñ ó ò ô õ M p q r s 7 ß N t u v 8 ü ú ù û O w x y z 9 ÿ ý æ ø å Q . , ? ! 0 1) 2)
  • 123. 123 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / symbols.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Display icons Display icons The following icons are displayed depending on the settings and the operating status of your telephone. Icons in the status bar Display key icons Display icons to indicate . . . Icon Meaning Signal strength (No Radiation off) 1% -100% white, if Maximum Range on; green, if Maximum Range off Red: no connection to the base station No Radiation activated: white, if Maximum Range on; green, if Maximum Range off Answer machine activated indicator flashes: Answer machine is recording a message or is being operated by another internal participant Ringtone switched off "Beep" ringtone activated Keypad lock activated Battery charge status: White: between 11% and 100% charged Red: less than 11% charged Flashes red: battery almost empty (approx. 5 minutes of talktime left) Battery is charging (current charge status): 0% - 100% Icon Meaning Icon Meaning Last number redial Delete text Open the directory Copy number to the directory Divert a call to answer machine Icon Meaning Icon Meaning External call Internal call Establishing a call (outgoing call) Connection established No connection established/ connection terminated Reminder for appointment Reminder for anniversary Alarm call Answer machine is recording Icon Meaning
  • 124. 124 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Display icons Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / symbols.fm / 7/24/15 Other display icons Icon Meaning Alarm clock is activated, display with alarm time Action complete (green) Action failed (red) Information (Security) prompt Please wait ... Icon Meaning
  • 125. 125 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / menutree_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Menu overview Menu overview Open the main menu: when handset is in idle status press Not all functions described in the user guide are available in all countries or from all network providers. Messaging SMS New SMS p. 61 Incoming p. 63 Draft p. 62 Settings Service Centres p. 65 Notification p. 65 eMail p. 68 Call Lists p. 36 All calls Outgoing calls Accepted calls Missed calls Answer Machine Play Messages Net AM: IP1 - IP6 p. 46 Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 46 Activation Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 45 Announcements Record Announcem. Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 49 Play Announcement Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 49 Delete Announcem. Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 50 Rec. Advisory Msg. Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 49 Del. Advisory Msg. Answer Mach. 1 to 3 p. 50 Recordings p. 50 Call Screening p. 47 Network Mailbox Net AM: Fixed Line p. 51 Net AM: IP1 - IP6 Set Key 1 p. 52
  • 126. 126 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Menu overview Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / menutree_GO.fm / 7/24/15 Select Services Next Call Anonym. p. 30 Call Divert Internal p. 32 Fixed Line p. 31 IP1 p. 31 Call Waiting p. 30 All Calls Anonym. p. 30 Transfer (ECT) p. 28 Ringback Off p. 31 Additional Features Info Centre User-specific selection of info services p. 71 Calendar p. 53 Alarm Clock p. 55 Baby Monitor p. 56 One Touch Call p. 23 Missed Alarms p. 54 Settings Date/Time p. 89 Audio Settings Handset Volume p. 84 Earpiece Profiles p. 84 Advisory Tones p. 85 Ringtones (Handset) Volume p. 84 Melodies p. 85 Time Control p. 59 Anon. Calls Silent p. 59 Music on hold p. 90 Display Screensaver p. 82 Info Ticker p. 83 Colour Schemes p. 83 Backlight p. 83 Language p. 82
  • 127. 127 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / menutree_GO.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Menu overview Registration Register Handset p. 76 De-register Handset p. 77 Select Base p. 77 Telephony Auto Answer p. 83 Area Codes p. 89 IP Wizard Send Connections Rec. Connections Dialling Mode p. 80 Recall p. 80 Access Code p. 80 System Handset Reset p. 86 Handset PIN p. 87 Base Reset p. 93 Base Restart p. 92 Encryption p. 79 Repeater only when at least one repeater has been registered p. 79 Local Network p. 90 Update Firmware p. 91 System PIN p. 92 ECO DECT Maximum Range p. 58 No Radiation
  • 128. 128 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Index Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOSIX.fm / 7/24/15 Index A Access code (PABX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 104 Activating/deactivating message LED . . . . . . . . 35 Activation code for elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Advisory tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 86 Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Alarm clock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 switch on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Alert tone (beep) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Anniversary, see Appointment Announcement (answer machine) . . . . . . . . . . 49 deleting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Announcement mode (answer machine) . . . . . . 45 Anonymous calling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Answer machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 activating/deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 announcement mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 calling back a caller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 deleting messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 playing back messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 52 receive connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 recording a personal announcement/ advisory message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 set fast access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 skipping ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 skipping back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Appointment display missed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 missed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 notification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Assigning key 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Assigning number key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Authorisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Automatic answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Automatic versions check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 B Baby monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Base connect to fixed line network. . . . . . . . . . . . 13 connect to mains power supply . . . . . . . . . . 13 connect to the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Base settings change in web configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Base station changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 changing the name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 connecting to the PABX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 restarting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 restoring to default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 system PIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 updating firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Battery charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 charging status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 inserting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Beep (alert tone). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Best base station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Black list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Broadband voice codec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Broken display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 C Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Call accepting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 anonymous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 transferring internally (connecting) . . . . . . . 24 two-way recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Call back a caller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Call block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Call divert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Call Forwarding for VoIP connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Call list copying a number to the directory. . . . . . . . 36 delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 delete an entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 dialling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Call notifications to mobile device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Call protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Call screening during recording . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Call swapping two external calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Call waiting, external. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 accepting/rejecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 25 Call waiting, internal accept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Call, anonymous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30 protection from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Caller display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Calling entering IP address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 from online directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 from Yellow Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
  • 129. 129 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOSIX.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Index Calling Line Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 none . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 switching off temporarily. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Cancel the alarm (baby monitor). . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Care of the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Certificate error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Changing display language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 handsfree volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 system PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Changing the handset PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Changing the name of the handset. . . . . . . . . . 78 Changing the PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Changing the system PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Character charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Charge status of the batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Charging cradle (handset) connecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Charging time of handset. . . . . . . . . . . .121, 122 CLI, Calling Line Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 CLIP, CLI Presentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 CLIR, CLI Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Colour scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Communication ports, local . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 106 Configuration wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Connecting the PC to the web configurator . . . . 97 Connecting to the web configurator . . . . . . . . . 97 Connections fixed line network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 IP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 manage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Connections with the base station . . . . . . . . . . 77 Consultation call ending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Contact with liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Contents of the package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 19 Correcting incorrect entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Customer Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Customising info services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 D Deactivating wireless module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Deleting messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 De-registering (handset) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 De-registering (web configurator). . . . . . . . . . . 98 Dialling from the call list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 from the directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 from the redial list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 IP address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 using quick dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Dialling mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Dialling pause. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Dialling plans emergency numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 copying numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 dialling numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 41 order of entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 saving an entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 searching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 searching for an entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 selecting an entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 sending entry/list to handset. . . . . . . . . . . . 40 sending to handset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 transferring to/from PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Directory file contents (vCard format) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Directory transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Display activating/deactivating new message . . . . . 35 anonymous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 broken. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 changing display language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 colour scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 directory memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 IP address on handset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 missed appointment/anniversary . . . . . . . . 54 network mailbox message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 screensaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 unknown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Display icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Display keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 20 assigning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Disposal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 DNS server preferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Draft message list (SMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 DTMF (tone dialling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 81 DTMF signalling for VoIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 E Earpiece profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 ECO DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 ECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 E-mail delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 messages whilst making a connection . . . . . 69 notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 viewing the sender's address. . . . . . . . . . . . 70 E-mail address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
  • 130. 130 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Index Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOSIX.fm / 7/24/15 E-mail list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Emergency number, dialling plans . . . . . . . . . 104 Emergency numbers not possible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Enable Annex B for codec G.729 . . . . . . . . . . . 103 End call key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Entering special characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Entering text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Entering the number of the network mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Entering umlauts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Exclusion of liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 External call forwarding to answer machine. . . . . . . . . . . 47 F Factory settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Fast access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 52 Firmware automatic update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 110 downgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 starting update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Fixed line network connection . . . . . . . . . 13, 101 Flash time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 G G.711 a law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 G.711 μ law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 G.722 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 G.722 broadband voice codec . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 G.726 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 G.729 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Getting started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Gigaset elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 107 activation code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 register with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Gigaset GO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 13 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 settings in web configurator. . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 101 call divert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Call Forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 calling a participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 changing/deleting own name . . . . . . . . . . . 44 directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 entering name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 95 searching for participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Gigaset.net website . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Gigaset-config. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 GO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 settings in web configurator. . . . . . . . . . . . 107 GPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Guarantee Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 H Handset advisory tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 automatic keypad lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 changing the name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 changing the number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 changing the settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 changing to a different base station . . . . . . . 77 changing to best reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 colour scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 connecting the charging cradle . . . . . . . . . . 11 de-registering the handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 display backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 display language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 earpiece volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 84 handsfree volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 idle status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 keypad illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 large font. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 paging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 registering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 registering to another base station. . . . . . . . 77 restoring to default setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 searching for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 speaker volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 switch on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 use as a baby monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Handsfree key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Handsfree mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Handsfree profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Hearing aids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 I Icons alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 displaying new messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 indications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 new SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 on display keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 status bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Idle status returning to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Illumination, keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Incoming message list (e-mail). . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Indications, icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Info Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 operating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Info services activating/deactivating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 using quick dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
  • 131. 131 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOSIX.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Index Installation wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Internal consultation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 making calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 International code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Internet security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Internet connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 14 Internet security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Internet telephony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 IP address assigning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 dialling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 obtaining automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 IP configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 IP connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 IP telephony provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 K Key 1 (fast access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Key, assigning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Keypad illumination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Keypad lock, automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Keys control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 19 display keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 20 End call key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 fast access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 recall key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 star key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 talk key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 L Language display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Language, display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Large font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 LGPL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Linked, see SMS Liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 List e-mail notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 SMS draft message list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 SMS message list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Local area code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 for VoIP calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Locking/unlocking the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Lower/upper case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 M MAC address checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Making calls accepting a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 over the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Maximum Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Medical equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Melody ringtone for internal/external calls . . . . . . . . 85 Memory in the directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Menu web configurator overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Menu key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Message delete (e-mail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 marking as "new" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Message display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Message key opening list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Message list (SMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Message lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Messages copying number to the directory . . . . . . . . . 46 Microphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 switch on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Missed anniversaries/appointments . . . . . . . . . 54 Music on hold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Mute the first ringtone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Muting the handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 N Network mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 activate/deactivate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 defining for fast access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 enter phone number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 entering number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Network MB, see Network mailbox Network provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Network services, provider-specific . . . . . . . . . 29 Notification about calls and messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 incoming e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Number copying to the directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 do not transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 saving in the directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 withhold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Numbers entering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 O One touch call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Online directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Gigaset.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Open Source Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Opening the incoming e-mail list . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Operating time of handset. . . . . . . . . . . 121, 122 Outside line code (PABX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Overview base station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
  • 132. 132 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Index Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOSIX.fm / 7/24/15 P PABX connecting to the base station . . . . . . . . . . . 80 pauses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 saving access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 setting dialling mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 setting flash time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 switching to tone dialling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Paging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Pause after access code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 after line seizure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 after Recall key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 PC address book entries to the directory copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 PD (pulse dialling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Phone setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Phone directory, see Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Phonebook, see Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Picking up a call from answer machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Pin connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Playing back announcement (answer machine). . . . . . . . . 49 Playing back messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Power adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 13 Power consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Preferred DNS server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Protection from calls anonymous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 black list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 time control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Pulse dialling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Q Questions and answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Quick dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 52 R Radiation reducing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Radiation-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Rebooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Recall key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 81 function for VoIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Receive connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 95 assigning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 standard assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Reception booster, see Repeater Recording two-way recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Recording quality (answer machine) . . . . . . . . . 50 Recording time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Redial list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Register with Gigaset elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Registering with web configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Registering (handset) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Remotely operating the answer machine . . . . . 47 Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Resetting the handset to the default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Resource Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Restarting the base station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 RFC 2833 (DTMF signalling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Ring delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Ring delay (answer machine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Ringback cancelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 initiate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Ringtone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 melody for internal/external calls. . . . . . . . . 85 muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 muting first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 time control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 S Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Screensaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Searching handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Searching for participants on Gigaset.net . . . . . 43 Searching in directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Send connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 95 assigning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 standard assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Sender's address (e-mail). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Sending entire directory to handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 SMS messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Service provider, see Network provider Services online directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Setting the date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Setting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Setting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Setting up handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Setting up the base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Setting up the charging cradle (handset) . . . . . 10 Settings saving and restoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Show new messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Signal strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Signal tone, see Advisory tones
  • 133. 133 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / LUG_GOSIX.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 Index Silence, suppressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 SMS deleting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 draft message list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 incoming message list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 linked. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 message list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 self help with error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 send centre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 sending to e-mail address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 temporary storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 to PABXs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 vCard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 writing/sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 SMS message list (SMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 SMS notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 SMS service centre changing the number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Snooze mode (alarm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Speaker volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Speech pauses, suppressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Star key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Status bar icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Status information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Subnet mask defining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Switching the ringtone on/off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Symbols, see Icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 System PIN changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 resetting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 System settings securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 T Talk key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Telephone connecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Telephone jack, pin connections. . . . . . . . . . . 122 Time control for external calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Time server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 TLS (Transport Layer Security). . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Tone dialling (DTMF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 81 Transferring, external call internally. . . . . . . . . . 24 Troubleshooting e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 general. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 U Upper/lower case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Using multiple handsets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 V vCard (SMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 vCard format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 vcf file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Version check, automatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Viewing network mailbox message . . . . . . . . . 34 VIP group, classify directory entry. . . . . . . . . . . 37 VIP ringtone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Voice quality for VoIP connections . . . . . . . . . 103 VoIP account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 provider. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 set up with web configurator. . . . . . . . . . . 101 setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 94 setting up using the web configurator configuration wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 user data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 VoIP provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Volume earpiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 handset handsfree volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 handset speaker/earpiece volume . . . . . . . . 25 speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 W Warning tone, see Advisory tones Weather forecast, display in idle status . . . . . . . 75 Web configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 configuration wizard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 connecting with PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 de-registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 DTMF signalling for VoIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 set up VoIP connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Withheld number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Wizard for quick initial configuration . . . . . . . . 99 Writing (SMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Y Yellow Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 All rights reserved. Rights of modification reserved.
  • 134. 134 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / licence.fm / 7/24/15 Open Source Software General Your Gigaset device includes Open Source software that is subject to various license conditions. With regard to Open Source software, the granting of usage rights that go beyond the operation of the device in the form supplied by Gigaset Communications GmbH is governed by the relevant license conditions of the Open Source software. The corresponding licence conditions can be found below in their original version. The respective license texts regularly contain limitations of liability with regard to the relevant licensor of Open Source Software. The exclusion of liability for theLGPL Version 2.1, for example, reads as follows: „This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.” The liability of Gigaset Communications GmbH remains unaffected by this. Licence and copyright information Your Gigaset unit includes Open Source software which is subject to the GNU General Public License (GPL) or the GNU Library/Lesser General Public License (LGPL). The corresponding licence conditions can be found below in their original version. You can download the corresponding source code from the Internet at www.gigaset.com/opensource. The appropriate source code can also be requested from Gigaset Communi- cations GmbH at cost price within three years of purchasing the product. Please use the contact details pro- vided at www.gigaset.com/service. Licence texts GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2.1, February 1999 Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. [This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence the version number 2.1.] Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially designated software packages--typi- cally libraries--of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the bet- ter strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this ser- vice if you wish); that you receive source code or can get it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
  • 135. 135 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / licence.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version, so that the original author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others. Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consist- ent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non-free programs. When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser Gen- eral Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library. We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances. For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux oper- ating system. Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a "work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run. TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser Gen- eral Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is addressed as "you". A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs (which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface def- inition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library. Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright
  • 136. 136 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / licence.fm / 7/24/15 notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty pro- tection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) The modified work must itself be a software library. b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application pro- gram that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does not supply such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful. (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well-defined inde- pendent of the application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any application-supplied function or table used by this function must be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in these notices. Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library. 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange. If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equiv- alent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of this License. However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The thresh- old for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
  • 137. 137 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / licence.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6.) Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse engi- neering for debugging such modifications. You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a ref- erence directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one of these things: a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to pro- duce a modified executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions.) b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if the user installs one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution. d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place. e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the Library" must include any data and utility pro- grams needed for reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, the materials to be dis- tributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute. 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise per- mitted, and provided that you do these two things: a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above. b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, dis- tributing or modifying the Library or works based on it.
  • 138. 138 TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / licence.fm / 7/24/15 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from dis- tribution of the Library. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free soft- ware distribution system which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent applica- tion of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copy- righted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a license version number, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUEN- TIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
  • 139. 139 Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / licence.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014/ModuleVersion1.0 How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the ordinary General Public License). To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copy- right" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990 Ty Coon, President of Vice That's all there is to it!
  • 140. Gigaset CL750A GO / LUG IE-UK en / A31008-M2723-L101-1-7619 / Cover_back.fm / 7/24/15TemplateGo,Version1,01.07.2014 Issued by Gigaset Communications GmbH Frankenstr. 2a, D-46395 Bocholt © Gigaset Communications GmbH 2015 Subject to availability. All rights reserved. Rights of modification reserved. www.gigaset.com Apple, the Apple logo and iPhone are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc. Google, Android, Google Play and other brands are trademarks of Google Inc.